pdlb-8k_20211109.DOCX.htm
false 0001874071 0001874071 2021-11-09 2021-11-09

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 8-K

 

CURRENT REPORT

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): November 9, 2021

 

Ponce Financial Group, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

Maryland

333-258394

87-1893965

(State or Other Jurisdiction

of Incorporation)

(Commission

File Number)

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

 

2244 Westchester Avenue

Bronx, NY

 

10462

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (718) 931-9000

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions (see General Instructions A.2. below):

 

Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

 

Trading

Symbol(s)

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

None

 

 

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (§ 230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 240.12b-2 of this chapter).

Emerging growth company 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 

 

 

 

 


 

 

Item 1.01Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement

On November 9, 2021, PDL Community Bancorp, Ponce Financial Group, Inc. (the “Company”), Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company and Ponce Bank entered into an Agency Agreement with Janney Montgomery Scott LLC  (“Janney”), who will act as financial advisor during the Company’s stock offering and assist in the marketing of the Company’s common stock.

For its services as financial advisor and marketing agent, Janney will receive (1) a refundable management fee of $50,000 and (ii) a success fee of 1.0% of the aggregate dollar amount of all shares of common stock sold in the subscription offering and any community offering. No fee will be payable to Janney with respect to shares purchased by officers, directors, employees or their immediate families, shares purchased by our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, and shares contributed to the Ponce De Leon Foundation. The success fee will be reduced by the management fee. In the event shares of common stock are sold through a group of broker-dealers in a syndicated offering, Janney will receive fees of 6.0% of the aggregate dollar amount of shares of common stock sold in the syndicated offering.  Janney will also receive reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with its marketing effort in an amount not to exceed $15,000 and for attorney’s fees and expenses not to exceed $125,000. The expenses may be increased by an additional amount not to exceed $25,000 by mutual consent, including in the event of a material delay of the offering that would require an update of the financial information included in the prospectus.

The shares of common stock are being offered pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-258394) filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and a related prospectus dated November 9, 2021.

The foregoing description of the terms of the Agency Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Agency Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 8.01Other Events

The Company is the proposed stock holding company for Ponce Bank (the “Bank”) resulting from the “second-step” conversion of the Bank from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure (the “Conversion”). Upon consummation of the Conversion, the Company will own all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Bank’s common stock. As part of the Conversion, shares of the Company’s common stock will be issued and sold in an offering to certain members of Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company and possibly other members of the public. Shares will also be issued in exchange for the currently issued and outstanding shares of PDL Community Bancorp held by persons other than Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company. The Company filed a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. ‎333-258394‎) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), which was declared effective by the SEC on November 9, 2021.

A copy of PDL Community Bancorp’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2021, filed with the SEC on November 15, 2021, is filed as Exhibit 99.1 hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The information included in Exhibit 99.1 and incorporated into this report is for PDL Community Bancorp. Separate financial statements for the Company have not been included in this report because the Company has not issued any shares and has engaged only in organizational activities to date, and has no significant assets, contingent or other liabilities, revenues or expenses.

On November 16, 2021, PDL Community Bancorp announced that Ponce Financial Group, Inc. had commenced its stock offering in connection with the mutual-to-stock conversion of Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company. A copy of the press release is filed as Exhibit 99.2 hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

Item 9.01

Exhibits.

 

(d) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

1.1

 

Agency Agreement dated November 9, 2021, by and among PDL Community Bancorp, Ponce Financial Group, Inc., Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company, Ponce Bank, and Janney Montgomery Scott LLC

99.1

 

PDL Community Bancorp’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2021  

99.2

 

Press release dated November 16, 2021

104

 

Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL)

 

 


 

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

Ponce Financial Group, Inc.

 

 

 

 

Date:  November 16, 2021

 

By:

/s/ Carlos P. Naudon

 

 

 

Carlos P. Naudon

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

pdlb-ex11_29.htm

 

Exhibit 1.1

Up to 12,075,000 Shares

 

(Subject to increase up to 13,886,250 in shares

the event of an increase in the pro forma market

value of the Company’s Common Stock)

PONCE FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

(a Maryland corporation)

Common Stock

(par value $0.01 per share)

AGENCY AGREEMENT

November 9, 2021

Janney Montgomery Scott LLC

1475 Peachtree St NE,

Suite 800,

Atlanta, GA 30309

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Ponce Financial Group, Inc. (the “Company”), PDL Community Bancorp, a federal corporation (the “Mid-Tier Company”), Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company, a federally chartered mutual holding company (the “MHC”) and Ponce Bank, a federally chartered stock savings bank (the “Bank”), hereby confirm their agreement with Janney Montgomery Scott LLC (“Janney” or the “Agent”) with respect to the offer and sale by the Company of up to 12,075,000 shares (subject to increase up to 13,886,250 shares) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”). The shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Company in the Offerings (as hereinafter defined) are hereinafter called the “Securities.”  It is acknowledged that the number of Securities to be sold in the Offerings may be increased or decreased as described in the Prospectus (as hereinafter defined). If the number of Securities is increased or decreased in accordance with the Plan (as hereinafter defined), the term “Securities” shall mean such greater or lesser number, where applicable. The Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC are sometimes referred to herein as the “Ponce Parties.”

The Securities are being offered for sale in accordance with the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Mid-Tier Company, the MHC and the Bank pursuant to which the MHC intends to convert from the mutual to the stock holding company form of organization pursuant to the following steps, or in any other manner that is consistent with the purposes of the Plan and applicable laws and regulations: (i) the establishment of the Company as a Maryland corporation subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Company; (ii) the merger of the MHC with and into the Mid-Tier Company with the Mid-Tier Company as the surviving entity (the “MHC Merger”); (iii) the merger of the Mid-Tier Company with and into the Company with the Company as the surviving entity (the “Mid-Tier Company Merger”); and (iv) the sale and exchange of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan and the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”). As a result of the Mid-Tier Company Merger, the Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The outstanding shares of common stock of the Mid-Tier Company held by persons other than the MHC will be converted into Common Stock pursuant to an exchange ratio as defined in the Plan, which will result in

1

 

America 100602509v.2


 

the holders of such shares receiving and owning in the aggregate approximately (as adjusted for the MHC’s assets) the same percentage of the Common Stock to be outstanding upon the completion of the Conversion (as hereinafter defined) as the percentage of Mid-Tier Company common stock owned by them in the aggregate immediately prior to consummation of the Conversion before giving effect to (a) cash paid in lieu of any fractional interests of Common Stock and (b) any Securities purchased in the Offerings.

Pursuant to the Plan, the Company will offer to certain depositors of the Bank and to the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”) rights to subscribe for the Securities in a subscription offering (the “Subscription Offering”). Securities that are not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering may be offered to certain members of the general public in a community offering (the “Community Offering”), with preference given to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the New York counties of Bronx, New York, Queens and Kings and the New Jersey County of Hudson. The Community Offering, which together with the Subscription Offering, as each may be extended or reopened from time to time, are herein referred to as the “Subscription and Community Offering,” may be commenced concurrently with, during or after the Subscription Offering. It is currently anticipated that any Securities not subscribed for in the Subscription and Community Offering will be offered, subject to Section 2 hereof, in a syndicated offering (the “Syndicated Offering”); provided, however, that the Community Offering may be held concurrently with, during or after the Subscription Offering and the Syndicated Offering. The Subscription and Community Offering and the Syndicated Offering are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Offerings.” The conversion and reorganization of the MHC from mutual to stock holding company form, the formation of the Company, the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Company Merger, the exchange of the Mid-Tier Company’s public shareholders’ shares for shares of Common Stock (the “Exchange Shares”), the acquisition of the capital stock of the Bank by the Company and the Offerings are referred to herein collectively as the “Conversion.” Pursuant to the Plan, as part of the Conversion, the Company intends to contribute up to 416,588 shares of Common Stock (the “Foundation Shares”) and $1.0 million in cash to the Ponce De Leon Foundation (the “Foundation”) (the Securities and the Foundation Shares may be referred to collectively as the “Conversion Shares”).

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-258394), including a related prospectus, for the registration of the sale of the Conversion Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), has filed such amendments thereto, if any, and such amended prospectuses as may have been required to the date hereof by the Commission in order to declare such registration statement effective, and will file such additional amendments thereto and such amended prospectuses and prospectus supplements as may hereafter be required. Such registration statement (as amended to date, if applicable, and as from time to time amended or supplemented hereafter) and the prospectuses constituting a part thereof (including in each case all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein and the information, if any, deemed to be a part thereof pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated under the Securities Act, as from time to time amended or supplemented pursuant to the Securities Act or otherwise (the “Securities Act Regulations”)), are hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement” and the “Prospectus,” respectively, except that if any revised prospectus shall be used by the Company in connection with the Subscription and Community Offering or the Syndicated Offering, if any, which differs from the Prospectus on file at the Commission at the time the Registration Statement becomes effective (whether or not such revised prospectus is required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act Regulations), the term “Prospectus” shall refer to such revised prospectus from and after the time it is first provided to the Agent for such use.

Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Company is delivering to the Agent copies of the Prospectus of the Company to be used in the Subscription and Community Offering and, if necessary, will deliver copies of the Prospectus and a prospectus supplement for use in a Syndicated Offering, if any. Such Prospectus contains information with respect to the Ponce Parties and the Common Stock.

2

 

America 100602509v.2


 

 

SECTION 1. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

(a)The Ponce Parties jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Agent as of the date hereof as follows:

(i)The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission, no stop order has been issued with respect thereto and no proceedings therefor have been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Ponce Parties, threatened by the Commission. At the time the Registration Statement became effective and at the Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof, the Registration Statement complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The Prospectus and any information regarding the Ponce Parties contained in Sales Information (as such term is defined in Section 6(a) hereof)  as of the date hereof does not, and at the Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof will not, include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;  provided, however, that the representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with information with respect to the Agent furnished to the Company in writing by the Agent or its counsel expressly for use in the Registration Statement or Prospectus which the Ponce Parties agree consists solely of the Agent Information (as hereinafter defined) described as such in Section 6(a) hereof.

(ii)At the time of filing the Registration Statement relating to the offering of the Securities and as of the date hereof, the Company was not, and is not, an ineligible issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act Regulations. At the time of the filing of the Registration Statement and at the time of the use of any issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433(h) of the Securities Act Regulations, the Company met the conditions required by Rules 164 and 433 of the Securities Act Regulations for the use of a free writing prospectus. If required to be filed, the Company has filed any issuer free writing prospectus related to the Securities at the time it was required to be filed under Rule 433 of the Securities Act Regulations and, if not required to be filed, it has retained such free writing prospectus in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g) of the Securities Act Regulations and, if any issuer free writing prospectus is used after the date hereof in connection with the offering of the Securities, the Company will file or retain such free writing prospectus as required by Rule 433 of the Securities Act Regulations.

(iii)As of the Applicable Time, neither (i) the Issuer-Represented General Free Writing Prospectus(es) issued at or prior to the Applicable Time and the Statutory Prospectus, all considered together (collectively, the “General Disclosure Package”), nor (ii) any individual Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included, nor will include, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any Prospectus included in the Registration Statement relating to the Securities or any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus based upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Agent expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only information furnished by the Agent consists of the Agent Information described in Section 6(a) hereof. As used in this paragraph and elsewhere in this Agreement:

3

 

America 100602509v.2


 

1.“Applicable Time” means each and every date when a potential purchaser submitted a subscription or otherwise committed to purchase Securities.

2.“Statutory Prospectus”, as of any time, means the Prospectus relating to the Securities that is included in the Registration Statement relating to the Securities immediately prior to the relevant Applicable Time, including any document incorporated by reference therein.

3.“Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433(h) of the Securities Act Regulations, relating to the Securities. The term does not include any writing exempted from the definition of prospectus pursuant to clause (a) of Section 2(a)(10) of the Securities Act, without regard to Rule 172 or Rule 173 of the Securities Act Regulations.

4.“Issuer-Represented General Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors.

5.“Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer-Represented General Free Writing Prospectus. The term Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus also includes any “bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act Regulations, that is made available without restriction pursuant to Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) of the Securities Act Regulations or otherwise, even though not required to be filed with the Commission.

6.“Permitted Free Writing Prospectus” means any free writing prospectus consented to by the Company and the Agent.

(iv)Each Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus, as of its date of first use and at all subsequent times through the completion of the Offerings and sale of the Securities or until any earlier date that the Company notified or notifies the Agent (as described in the next sentence), did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement relating to the offering of the Securities, including any document incorporated by reference therein that has not been superseded or modified. If at any time following the date of first use of an Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus conflicted, conflicts or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement relating to the offering of the Securities or included, includes or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company has notified or will notify promptly the Agent so that any use of such Issuer-Represented Free-Writing Prospectus may cease until it is amended or supplemented and the Company has promptly amended or will promptly amend or supplement such Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission. The foregoing two sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus based upon and in conformity with the Agent Information furnished to the Company by the Agent expressly for use therein.

(v)The Prospectus and each Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus when filed, if filed by electronic transmission, pursuant to EDGAR (except as may be permitted by Regulation S-T under the Securities Act), was identical to the copy thereof delivered to the Agent for use in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities.

4

 

America 100602509v.2


 

(vi)The Company has filed with the FRB an application on Form H-(e)1, and has filed such amendments thereto and supplemental materials as may have been required to the date hereof, for approval, pursuant to Section 10(e) of the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended (“HOLA”), and the regulations promulgated thereunder for the Company to become a savings and loan holding company with respect to the Bank (such application, as amended to date, if applicable, and from time to time amended or supplemented hereafter is hereinafter referred to as the “Holding Company Application”). The Company has received written notice from the FRB of its approval of the Holding Company Application, such approval remains in full force and effect, no order has been issued by the FRB suspending or revoking such approval and no proceedings therefor have been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Ponce Parties, threatened by the FRB. At the date of such approval and at the Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof, the Holding Company Application complied and will comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the HOLA and the regulations promulgated thereunder and the Holding Company Application is truthful and accurate in all material respects.

(vii)Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the FRB (the “FRB Regulations”), the MHC has filed with the FRB an Application for Approval of Conversion on Form AC, and has filed such amendments thereto and supplementary materials as may have been required to the date hereof (such application, as amended to date, if applicable, and as from time to time amended or supplemented hereafter, is hereinafter referred to as the “Conversion Application”). The Offerings and the Plan have been duly adopted by the Boards of Directors of the MHC, the Mid-Tier Company and the Bank and such adoption has not since been rescinded or revoked. The Conversion Application has been approved by the FRB, and such approval remains in full force and effect and no order has been issued by the FRB suspending or revoking such approval and no proceedings therefor have been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Ponce Parties, threatened by the FRB.  To the knowledge of the Ponce Parties, no person has sought to obtain review of the final action of the FRB, in approving the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, or in not objecting thereto, or in approving the Conversion Application.  At the date of such approval and at the Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof, the Conversion Application complied and will comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the FRB Regulations and the Conversion Application is truthful and accurate in all material respects.  

(viii)At the time of their use, the proxy statement for the solicitation of proxies from MHC members for the special meeting to approve the Plan (the “Members’ Proxy Statement”), the proxy statement/prospectus for the solicitation of proxies from shareholders of the Mid-Tier Company for the special meeting at which shareholders will vote on a proposal to approve the Plan (the “Shareholders’ Proxy Statement”) and any other proxy solicitation materials will comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the FRB Regulations and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as from time to time amended or supplemented pursuant to the Exchange Act or otherwise (the “Exchange Act Regulations”) (the Securities Act Regulations and the Exchange Act Regulations are collectively referred to herein as the “Commission Regulations”), and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Ponce Parties will promptly file the Prospectus and any Sales Information with the Commission and the FRB. The Prospectus and Sales Information, as of the date the Registration Statement became effective and at the Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof, complied and will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the FRB Regulations and the Commission Regulations and, at or prior to the time of their first use, will have received all required authorizations of the FRB and Commission for use in final form.  No approval of any other regulatory or supervisory or other public authority is required in connection with the distribution of the Prospectus and any Sales Information that has not been obtained and a copy of which has been delivered to the Agent.  The Ponce Parties have not distributed any offering material in connection with the Offerings except for the Prospectus and any Sales Information that has been filed with the Registration Statement and the

5

 

America 100602509v.2


 

Conversion Application and authorized for use by the SEC and the FRB.  The information contained in the Sales Information filed as an exhibit to both the Registration Statement and the Conversion Application does not conflict in any material respect with information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

(ix)None of the Commission, the FRB, or any state securities “Blue Sky” authority has, as applicable, by order or otherwise, prevented or suspended the use of the Members’ Proxy Statement, the Shareholders’ Proxy Statement, the Prospectus or any Sales Information authorized by the Ponce Parties for use in connection with the Offerings, and no proceedings for such purposes are pending or, to the knowledge of the Ponce Parties, threatened.

(x)At the Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof, the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC will have completed the conditions precedent to the Conversion in accordance with the Plan, the FRB Regulations and all other applicable laws, regulations, decisions and orders, including all material terms, conditions, requirements and provisions precedent to the Reorganization imposed upon the Ponce Parties by the FRB or any other regulatory authority, other than those which the regulatory authority permits to be completed after the Reorganization or which have been waived thereby. The Reorganization, the Offerings and other transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not require any consent, approval, authorization or permit or filing with any other governmental agency or regulatory authority, except as disclosed in the Prospectus.

(xi)RP Financial, LC. (the “Appraiser”), which prepared the valuation of the Company as part of the Conversion, has advised the Ponce Parties in writing that it satisfies all requirements for an appraiser set forth in the FRB Regulations and any interpretations or guidelines issued by the FRB or its staff with respect thereto and that it has not been advised by the FRB that it is not so qualified to prepare such valuation.

(xii)Mazars USA, LLP (“Mazars”), the accountants who audited the consolidated financial statements included in the Registration Statement, has advised the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC in writing that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of Rule 101 of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (the “AICPA”), that they are registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) and such accountants are, with respect to the Company, the Mid-Tier Company and the Bank, independent certified public accountants as required by the Securities Act, the Securities Act Regulations and the MHC Regulations.

(xiii)The only direct subsidiaries of the Mid-Tier Company are the Bank and Mortgage World Bankers, Inc. and the only direct subsidiaries of the Bank are Ponce De Leon Mortgage Corporation and PFS, Service, Inc. (collectively the “Subsidiaries”). Except for the Subsidiaries, none of the Ponce Parties directly or indirectly, controls any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, trust or other business organization. Upon completion of the Conversion, the only direct subsidiaries of the Company will be the Bank and Mortgage World Bankers, Inc. and the only direct subsidiaries of the Bank will be Ponce De Leon Mortgage Corporation and PFS, Services, Inc. Except for the Subsidiaries and except as set forth in the Prospectus, none of the Ponce Parties directly or indirectly controls any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, trust or other business organization. Upon completion of the Conversion, Company will not conduct any business initially other than indirectly through the Bank and Mortgage World Bankers, Inc.

 

(xiv)The consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package present fairly the financial

6

 

America 100602509v.2


 

position of the Mid-Tier Company and the Bank at the dates indicated and the results of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the periods specified, and comply as to form with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act Regulations and the FRB Regulations; except as otherwise stated in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis and present fairly the information required to be stated therein except as noted therein. The other financial, statistical and pro forma information and related notes included in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package present fairly the information shown therein on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements included in the Prospectus, and as to the pro forma adjustments, the adjustments made therein have been consistently applied on the basis described therein.

(xv)Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, except as otherwise stated therein: (A) there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, results of operations, business affairs, management or prospects of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC and the Subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (“Material Adverse Effect”), (B) except for transactions specifically referred to or contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, there have been no transactions entered into by the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank, the MHC or the Subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC and the Subsidiaries, (C) the capitalization, liabilities, assets, properties and business of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC conform in all material respects to the descriptions contained in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package and none of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank, the MHC or the Subsidiaries has any material liabilities of any kind, contingent or otherwise, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package and (D) none of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank, the MHC or the Subsidiaries has issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money, except borrowings in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice from the same or similar sources and in similar amounts as indicated in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package.

(xvi)The Company has been duly incorporated and validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland with full corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, Prospectus and General Disclosure Package and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; the Company is qualified to transact business in the State of Maryland and at or prior to the Closing Time, the Company will be duly qualified to transact business and in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Following the completion of the Conversion, the Company will be a registered savings and loan holding company under HOLA.

(xvii)Upon consummation of the Conversion, the authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company will be within the range as set forth in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package under “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans referred to in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package); except for any shares issued in connection with the Company’s organization as a subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Company, no shares of Common Stock have been or will be issued and outstanding prior to the Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof; at the time of the Conversion, the Securities will have been duly authorized for issuance and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to the Plan

7

 

America 100602509v.2


 

against payment of the consideration calculated as set forth in the Plan and stated on the cover page of the Prospectus, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable; the Exchange Shares will have been duly authorized for issuance and, when issued, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable; the terms and provisions of the Common Stock and the other capital stock of the Company conform in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package; the certificates and/or book entries, as applicable, representing the shares of Common Stock will conform in all material respects to the requirements of applicable law and regulations; and the issuance of the Conversion Shares and the Exchange Shares is not subject to preemptive or other similar rights except for subscription rights granted under the Plan in accordance with FRB Regulations. The Foundation Shares have been duly and validly authorized for issuance and, when issued by the Company to the Foundation pursuant to the Plan, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable; upon issuance of the Foundation Shares, good title to the Foundation Shares will be transferred from the Company to the Foundation, subject to such claims as may be asserted against the Foundation by third-party claimants.

(xviii)Each of the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xix)The MHC has no capital stock. All holders of the savings, demand or other authorized accounts of the Bank are members of the MHC. The MHC has been duly chartered and is validly existing as a mutual holding company under the laws of the United States of America with corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its property and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

(xx)The Mid-Tier Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a federally chartered mid-tier holding company in stock form, with full corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its property and to conduct is business as described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

(xxi)The Bank has been duly organized and is validly existing as a federally chartered savings bank in stock form with full corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its property and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

(xxii)The Ponce Parties and the Subsidiaries have each obtained all licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations currently required for the conduct of their respective businesses or required for the conduct of their respective businesses as contemplated by the Holding Company Application and the Conversion Application and as described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, except where the failure to obtain such licenses, permits or other governmental authorizations would not singly or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect. All such licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations are (or with respect to the Company, at the Closing Time will be), in full force and effect and the Ponce Parties and the Subsidiaries are (or with respect to the Company, will be), in all material respects in compliance therewith. None of the Ponce Parties nor any Subsidiary has received notice of any proceeding or action relating to the revocation or modification of any such license, permit or other governmental authorization which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, might have a Material Adverse Effect.

8

 

America 100602509v.2


 

(xxiii)Each Subsidiary has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has full corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether  by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect; the activities of each Subsidiary are permitted to subsidiaries of a federally-chartered stock savings bank by the rules, regulations and practices of the OCC, the FRB, and the New York State Department of Financial Services; all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and nonassessable and is owned by the Mid-Tier Company or the Bank, as applicable, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or legal or equitable claim; and there are no warrants, options or rights of any kind to acquire shares of capital stock of or other equity interests in any Subsidiary. No Ponce Party owns equity securities or any equity interest in any other business enterprise except as otherwise described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus or as are immaterial in amount and are not required to be described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

(xxiv)The Bank is a member in good standing of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York; the deposit accounts of the Bank are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) up to the applicable limits and upon consummation of the Conversion, the liquidation account for the benefit of eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders will be duly established in accordance with the requirements of the Plan and the FRB Regulations. The Bank is a “qualified thrift lender” within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. Section 1467a(m).

(xxv)The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 200,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Company Preferred Stock”). No shares of Common Stock and no shares of Company Preferred Stock have been or will be issued and outstanding prior to the Closing Time. The authorized capital stock of the Mid-Tier Company consists of 50,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Mid-Tier Company Common Stock”), and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock (the “Mid-Tier Company Preferred Stock”), of which 17,330,942 shares of Mid-Tier Company Common Stock and no shares of Mid-Tier Company Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding as of the date hereof. The authorized capital stock of the Bank consists of 50,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Bank Common Stock”) and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Bank Preferred Stock’), of which 100 shares of Bank Common Stock is issued and outstanding all of which are owned beneficially and of record by the Mid-Tier Company free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity and no shares of Bank Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding as of the date hereof. Except as described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, there are no warrants, options, restricted stock awards or outstanding rights to acquire any shares of Mid-Tier Company Common Stock or Bank Common Stock. No additional shares of Common Stock, Mid-Tier Company Common Stock or Bank Common Stock, and no shares of Company Preferred Stock, Mid-Tier Company Preferred Stock or Bank Preferred Stock, will be issued prior to the Closing Time except for shares of Mid-Tier Company Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options or the vesting of restricted stock awards granted under the Mid-Tier Company’s 2018 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Equity Incentive Plan”), as described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package. The issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, Mid-Tier Company Common Stock and Bank Common Stock have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and have been issued in compliance with all federal and state securities laws. The MHC owns 9,545,388 shares of Mid-Tier Company Common Stock beneficially and of record free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity. The terms and provisions of the Mid-Tier Company Common Stock conform to all statements relating thereto contained in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure

9

 

America 100602509v.2


 

Package. The shares of Bank Common Stock to be issued to the Company will have been duly authorized for issuance and, when issued and delivered by the Bank pursuant to the Plan against payment of the consideration described in the Plan and in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable, and, except as described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, all such Bank Common Stock will be owned beneficially and of record by the Company, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or legal or equitable claim; and the certificates representing the shares of the Bank Common Stock will conform with the requirements of applicable laws and regulations. The issuance of the Bank Common Stock is not subject to preemptive or similar rights and there are no other warrants, options or rights of any kind to acquire additional shares of Bank Common Stock or Bank Preferred Stock.

(xxvi)Each of the Ponce Parties has all such power, authority, authorizations, approvals and orders as may be required to enter into this Agreement, to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof and to issue and sell the Securities to be sold by the Company as provided herein and to contribute the Foundation Shares to the Foundation by the Company and as described in the Prospectus, subject to approval or confirmation by the FRB of the final Appraisal as may be required.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of each of the Ponce Parties.  This Agreement has been validly executed and delivered by each of the Ponce Parties and, assuming due execution and delivery by the Agent, is the valid, legal and binding agreement of each of the Ponce Parties enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or the rights of creditors of savings and loan holding companies, the accounts of whose subsidiaries are insured by the FDIC, or by general equity principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and except to the extent, if any, that the provisions of Sections 6 and 7 hereof may be unenforceable as against public policy or pursuant to applicable Federal law and the rules and regulations of the FRB).

(xxvii)Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package and prior to the Closing Time, except as otherwise may be indicated or contemplated therein, none of the Ponce Parties or the Subsidiaries will have (A) except as otherwise set forth herein, issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money, except borrowings in the ordinary course of business from the same or similar sources and in similar amounts as indicated in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package or (B) entered into any transaction or series of transactions which is material in light of the business of the Ponce Parties or the Subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, excluding the origination, purchase and sale of loans or the purchase or sale of investment securities or mortgage-backed securities in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

(xxviii)No approval of any regulatory or supervisory or other public authority is required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the issuance of the Securities, the Exchange Shares and the Foundation Shares or the consummation of the Conversion that has not been obtained or will be obtained prior to the Closing Time and a copy of which has been delivered to the Agent, except as may be required under the “blue sky” or state securities laws of various jurisdictions.

(xxix)None of the Ponce Parties or the Subsidiaries is or at the Closing Time will be in violation of their respective articles of incorporation, charters or bylaws; and none of the Ponce Parties or the Subsidiaries is in default (nor has any event occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or other instrument to which the Ponce Parties or the Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any

10

 

America 100602509v.2


 

of the property or assets of the Ponce Parties or the Subsidiaries is subject, except for such defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and there are no contracts or documents of the Ponce Parties or the Subsidiaries that are required to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement, the Conversion Application or the Holding Company Application that have not been so filed or described.

(xxx)The Conversion, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC and do not and will not conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank, the MHC or the Subsidiaries pursuant to any contract, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or other instrument to which the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank, the MHC or any Subsidiary is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Company, the Bank, the MHC or the Subsidiaries is subject, except for such conflicts, breaches or defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the respective articles of incorporation, charter or bylaws of the Ponce Parties or the Subsidiaries, or any applicable law, administrative regulation or administrative or court decree.

(xxxi)No labor dispute with the employees of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank, the MHC or the Subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Ponce Parties or any Subsidiary, is imminent or threatened; and the Company, Mid-Tier Company, the Bank, the MHC and the Subsidiaries are not aware of any existing or threatened labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers or contractors that might be expected to result in any Material Adverse Effect.

(xxxii)Each of the Ponce Parties and the Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to all properties and assets owned by them, in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, charges, encumbrances or restrictions, except such as are described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Ponce Parties or the Subsidiaries under which the Ponce Parties or the Subsidiaries hold properties, including those described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, are valid and binding agreements of the Ponce Parties or the Subsidiaries, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws and availability of equitable remedies.

(xxxiii)Each of the Ponce Parties and the Subsidiaries own or have the right to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, domain names and other source indicators, copyrights and copyrightable works, know-how, trade secrets, systems, procedures, proprietary or confidential information and all other worldwide intellectual property, industrial property and proprietary rights (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) used in the conduct of their respective businesses; (ii) the Ponce Parties and the Subsidiaries conduct of their respective businesses does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property of any person; (iii) the Ponce Parties and the Subsidiaries have not received any written notice of any claim relating to Intellectual Property; and (iv) to the knowledge of the Ponce Parties and the Subsidiaries, the Intellectual Property of the Ponce Parties and the Subsidiaries is not being infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated by any person.

 

(xxxiv)The information technology assets and equipment, computers, systems, networks, hardware, software, websites, applications, and databases (collectively, “IT Systems”) of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC are adequate for, and operate and perform in all material respects as required in connection with the operation of the business of the Company, the Mid-Tier

11

 

America 100602509v.2


 

Company, the Bank and the MHC as currently conducted and, to the knowledge of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC, free and clear of all material bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs, malware and other corruptants, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC have implemented and maintained commercially reasonable controls, policies, procedures, and safeguards to maintain and protect their material confidential information and the integrity, continuous operation, redundancy and security of all IT Systems and data (including all personal, personally identifiable, sensitive, confidential or regulated data (“Personal Data”)) used in connection with their businesses, and there have been no breaches, violations, outages or unauthorized uses of or accesses to same, except for those that have been remedied without material cost or liability or the duty to notify any other person, nor any incidents under internal review or investigations relating to the same. The Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC are presently in material compliance with all applicable laws or statutes and all judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, internal policies and contractual obligations relating to the privacy and security of IT Systems and Personal Data and to the protection of such IT Systems and Personal Data from unauthorized use, access, misappropriation or modification.

 

(xxxv)None of the Ponce Parties or the Subsidiaries is in violation of any order or directive from the FRB, the OCC, the FDIC, the Commission, the New York State Department of Financial Services (“NYSDFS”) or any regulatory authority to make any material change in the method of conducting its respective  businesses; the Ponce Parties and the Subsidiaries have conducted and are conducting their business so as to comply in all material respects with all applicable statutes, regulations and administrative and court decrees (including, without limitation, all regulations, decisions, directives and orders of the FRB, the OCC, the FDIC, the NYSDFS and the Commission). None of the Ponce Parties or the Subsidiaries is subject or is party to, or has received any notice or advice that any of them may become subject or party to, any investigation with respect to any cease-and-desist order, agreement, consent agreement, memorandum of understanding or other regulatory enforcement action, proceeding or order with or by, or is a party to any commitment letter or similar undertaking to, or is subject to any directive by, or has been a recipient of any supervisory letter from, or has adopted any board resolutions at the request of, any Regulatory Agency (as defined below) that currently restricts in any material respect the conduct of their business or that in any material manner relates to their capital adequacy, their credit policies (including concentration policies), their management or their business (each, a “Regulatory Agreement”), nor have the Ponce Parties or the Subsidiaries been advised by any Regulatory Agency that it is considering issuing or requesting any such Regulatory Agreement; and there is no unresolved violation, criticism or exception by any Regulatory Agency with respect to any report or statement relating to any examinations of the Ponce Parties or any Subsidiary that, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC, is expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or that might materially and adversely affect the properties or assets thereof or that might materially and adversely affect the consummation of the Conversion or the performance of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “Regulatory Agency” means any federal or state agency charged with the supervision or regulation of depository institutions, any Subsidiary or holding companies of depository institutions, or engaged in the insurance of depository institution deposits, or any court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental agency, authority or instrumentality having supervisory or regulatory authority with respect to the Ponce Parties or the Subsidiaries.

(xxxvi)There is no action, suit or proceeding before or by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Ponce Parties or the Subsidiaries, threatened, against or affecting the Ponce Parties or the Subsidiaries that is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement (other than as disclosed therein), or that might result in any Material Adverse Effect, or that might materially and adversely affect the properties or assets thereof, the performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the Conversion; all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Ponce Parties or any Subsidiary is a party or of which any of their respective

12

 

America 100602509v.2


 

property or assets is the subject that are not described in the Registration Statement, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to their business, are considered in the aggregate not material.

(xxxvii) The Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC have obtained an opinion of its counsel, Locke Lord LLP, with respect to the (i) legality of the Conversion Shares and the Exchange Shares to be issued and (ii), and an opinion of Crowe LLP with respect to the federal income tax consequences of the Conversion and the Maryland and New York state tax consequences of the Conversion, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement; all material aspects of the aforesaid opinions are accurately summarized in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package; the facts and representations upon which such opinions are based are truthful, accurate and complete in all material respects; and none of the Ponce Parties has taken or will take any action inconsistent therewith.

(xxxviii)Neither the Company nor the Bank is and, upon completion of the Conversion and the Offerings and sale of the Securities and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, will be, required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(xxxix)All of the loans represented as assets on the most recent consolidated financial statements or selected financial information of the Mid-Tier Company and on the consolidated financial statements included in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package meet or are exempt from all requirements of federal, state or local law pertaining to lending, including, without limitation, truth in lending (including the requirements of Regulations Z and 12 C.F.R. Part 226), real estate settlement procedures, consumer credit protection, equal credit opportunity and all disclosure laws applicable to such loans, except for violations which, if asserted, would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xl)With the exception of the intended loan to the Bank’s ESOP by the Company to enable the ESOP to purchase Securities in an amount up to 8.00% of the Common Stock that will be sold in the Offerings, none of the Ponce Parties or, to the knowledge of the Ponce Parties, their employees has made any payment of funds of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC as a loan for the purchase of the Common Stock or made any other payment of funds prohibited by law, and no funds have been set aside to be used for any payment prohibited by law.

(xli)Each of the Ponce Parties and the Subsidiaries maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (a) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (b) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (c) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (d) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

(xlii)The Ponce Parties and the Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with the applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transaction Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder. The Bank has established compliance programs and is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and all applicable regulations promulgated thereunder and any other applicable money laundering or similar or related laws and any related rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any applicable governmental agency or regulatory authority. There is no charge, investigation, action, suit or proceeding before any court, regulatory authority or governmental agency or body pending or, to the knowledge of the Ponce Parties, threatened regarding the Bank’s compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and any other applicable money

13

 

America 100602509v.2


 

laundering or similar or related laws and any related rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any applicable governmental agency or regulatory authority.

(xliii)None of the Ponce Parties or any Subsidiary, nor any properties owned or operated by the Ponce Parties or any Subsidiary, is in violation of or liable under any Environmental Law (as defined below), except for such violations or liabilities that, individually or in the aggregate, would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. There are no actions, suits or proceedings, or demands, claims, notices or investigations (including, without limitation, notices, demand letters or requests for information from any environmental agency) instituted or pending, or to the knowledge of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC threatened, relating to the liability of any property owned or operated by the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC under any Environmental Law, except for such actions, suits or proceedings, or demands, claims, notices or investigations that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this subsection, the term “Environmental Law” means any federal, state, local or foreign law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, license, permit, authorization, approval, consent, order, judgment, decree, injunction or agreement with any regulatory authority relating to (i) the protection, preservation or restoration of the environment (including, without limitation, air, water, vapor, surface water, groundwater, drinking water supply, surface soil, subsurface soil, plant and animal life or any other natural resource), and/or (ii) the use, storage, recycling, treatment, generation, transportation, processing, handling, labeling, production, release or disposal of any substance presently listed, defined, designated or classified as hazardous, toxic, radioactive or dangerous, or otherwise regulated, whether by type or by quantity, including any material containing any such substance as a component.

(xliv)The Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and each Subsidiary have timely filed all federal, state and local income and franchise tax returns required to be filed and have made timely payments of all taxes shown as due and payable in respect of such returns, and no deficiency has been asserted with respect thereto by any taxing authority. No tax deficiency has been asserted or to the knowledge of the Ponce Parties, could be asserted against the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank, the MHC or the Subsidiaries.

(xlv)The Company has submitted or will have submitted prior to Closing all notices required to consummate the Conversion and to have the Securities and the Exchange Shares listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market effective as of the Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof.

(xlvi)At or prior to the Closing Time, the Company will have filed a Form 8-A for the Securities and the Exchange Shares to be registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act (the “Exchange Act Registration Statement”).

(xlvii)There are no affiliations or associations (as such terms are defined by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”)), direct or indirect, between any member of FINRA and any of the Company’s, the Mid-Tier Company’s, the Bank’s or the MHC’s officers or directors. None of the Ponce Parties has: (i) issued any securities within the last 18 months (except for notes to evidence bank loans or other liabilities in the ordinary course of business or as described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package); (ii) had any dealings with respect to sales of securities within the 12 months prior to the date hereof with any member of the FINRA, or any person related to or associated with such member, other than discussions and meetings relating to the Offerings and purchases and sales of U.S. government and agency and other securities in the ordinary course of business; (iii) entered into a financial management consulting agreement except as contemplated hereunder; or (iv) engaged any intermediary between the Agent and the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC in connection with the Offerings, and no person is being compensated in any manner for such services.

14

 

America 100602509v.2


 

(xlviii)Each of the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank, the MHC and the Subsidiaries carries, or is covered by, and the Company will carry, or be covered by, prior to Closing, insurance in such amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of their respective businesses and the value of their respective properties as is customary for companies engaged in similar industries.

(xlix)None of the Ponce Parties have relied on the Agent or its counsel for any legal, tax or accounting advice in connection with the Conversion.

(l)The records of eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders, and other depositor and borrower members are accurate and complete in all material respects; as of the date established to determine those members of the MHC entitled to vote at the special meeting of members.

(li)The Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank, the MHC and each Subsidiary are in compliance in all material respects with all presently applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (“ERISA”); no “reportable event” (as defined in ERISA) has occurred with respect to any “pension plan” (as defined in ERISA) for which the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank, the MHC or any Subsidiary, respectively, would have any liability; none of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank, the MHC or any Subsidiary has incurred and does not expect to incur liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any “pension plan” or (ii) Sections 412 or 4971 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the “Code”); and each “pension plan” for which the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC would have any liability that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified in all material respects and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, that would cause the loss of such qualification.

(lii)The Mid-Tier Company is and at the Closing Time the Company will be in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and the Nasdaq corporate governance rules applicable to the Company or the Mid-Tier Company, as applicable, and the Company will use its best efforts to comply with those provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Nasdaq corporate governance rules that will become effective in the future upon their effectiveness.

(liii)No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus and any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.  Any statistical and market related data contained in any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus, the Prospectus and the Registration Statement are based on or derived from sources which the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC believe were reliable and accurate at the time they were filed with the Commission.

(liv)All of the information, as may have been updated or amended, provided to the Agent or to counsel for the Agent by the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC and their respective officers and directors and, to the Company’s, the Mid-Tier Company’s, the Bank’s and the MHC’s knowledge, the holders of any securities (debt or equity) or options to acquire any securities of the Company in connection with letters, filings or other supplemental information provided to FINRA pursuant to FINRA Rules 5110 and 5121 is true, complete and correct.

(lv)None of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company the Bank or the MHC nor any of their affiliates does business with the government of Cuba or with any person or affiliate located in Cuba within the meaning of Section 517.075, Florida Statutes.  For purposes of this subsection, “affiliate” means

15

 

America 100602509v.2


 

a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company or the Mid-Tier Company.

(lvi)Neither the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC nor any director, officer, employee or, to the knowledge of the Company, the Bank or the MHC, after due inquiry, agent or affiliate thereof is (a) currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”) or relevant sanctioning authority; (b) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of such sanctions (including, without limitation, Burma/Myanmar, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria); and (c) the Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Offerings, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person, or engage in dealings or transactions with any person, or in any country, or territory, subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC or relevant sanctioning authority.

(lvii)Neither the Company, Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC nor any director, officer or employee of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC nor, to the knowledge of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC, any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC has (a) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (b) made or taken an act in furtherance of an offer, promise or authorization of any direct or indirect unlawful payment or benefit to any foreign or domestic government official or employee, including of any government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office; (c) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law; or (d) made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, without limitation, any rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit.  The Bank has instituted, maintains and enforces, and the Company and the Bank will continue to maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.

(lviii)The Mid-Tier Company has established and maintains and the Company has established or will establish and maintain prior to the Closing Time disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-14 and 15d-14 under the Exchange Act), that (i) are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and the Mid-Tier Company, including the Bank and the Subsidiaries, is made known to each of the Company’s and the Mid-Tier Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer by others within those entities, (ii) have been (or will be) evaluated for effectiveness as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing of the Company’s annual or quarterly report filed with the Commission subsequent to the Closing Time and (iii) are effective in all material respects to perform the functions for which they were established. There (i) are no significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls that could adversely affect the Mid-Tier Company’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial data and/or (ii) has not been any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a role in the Mid-Tier Company’s internal controls; and since the date of the most recent evaluation of such disclosure controls and procedures, there have been no material changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies, material weaknesses or fraud.

(lix)Except as has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

16

 

America 100602509v.2


 

(A)The Mid-Tier Company and the Bank have complied with, and all documentation in connection with the origination, processing, underwriting and credit approval of any mortgage loan originated, purchased or serviced by the Mid-Tier Company or the Bank satisfied, (i) all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations with respect to the origination, insuring, purchase, sale, pooling, servicing, subservicing, or filing of claims in connection with mortgage loans, including all laws relating to real estate settlement procedures, consumer credit protection, truth in lending laws, usury limitations, fair housing, transfers of servicing, collection practices, equal credit opportunity and adjustable rate mortgages, (ii) the responsibilities and obligations relating to mortgage loans set forth in any agreement between the Mid-Tier Company or the Bank  and any Agency, Loan Investor or Insurer (as such terms are hereinafter defined), (iii) the applicable rules, regulations, guidelines, handbooks and other requirements of any Agency, Loan Investor or Insurer and (iv) the terms and provisions of any mortgage or other collateral documents and other loan documents with respect to each mortgage loan; and

(B)No Agency, Loan Investor or Insurer has (i) claimed in writing that the Mid-Tier Company or the Bank has violated or has not complied with the applicable underwriting standards with respect to mortgage loans sold by the Mid-Tier Company or the Bank to a Loan Investor or Agency, or with respect to any sale of mortgage servicing rights to a Loan Investor, (ii) imposed in writing restrictions on the activities (including commitment authority) of the Mid-Tier Company or the Bank or (iii) indicated in writing to the Company or the Bank that it has terminated or intends to terminate its relationship with the Mid-Tier Company or the Bank for poor performance, poor loan quality or concern with respect to the Mid-Tier Company’s or the Bank’s compliance with laws.

For purposes of hereof (X) “Agency” means the Federal Housing Administration, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Federal National Mortgage Association, the U.S. Department of Veterans’ Affairs, the Rural Development Service of the U.S. Department of Agriculture or any other federal or state agency with authority to (i) determine any investment, origination, lending or servicing requirements with regard to mortgage loans originated, purchased or serviced by the Mid-Tier Company or the Bank or (ii) originate, purchase, or service mortgage loans, or otherwise promote mortgage lending, including state and local housing finance authorities; (Y) “Loan Investor” means any person (including an Agency) having a beneficial interest in any mortgage loan originated, purchased or serviced by the Mid-Tier Company or the Bank or a security backed by or representing an interest in any such mortgage loan; and (Z) “Insurer” means a person who insures or guarantees for the benefit of the mortgagee all or any portion of the risk of loss upon borrower default on any of the mortgage loans originated, purchased or serviced by the Mid-Tier Company or the Bank, including the Federal Housing Administration, the United States Department of Veterans’ Affairs, the Rural Housing Service of the U.S. Department of Agriculture and any private mortgage insurer, and providers of hazard, title or other insurance with respect to such mortgage loans or the related collateral.

(lx)Except as described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package and as described in Disclosure Schedule Section 6(lx), there are no contractual encumbrances or contractual restrictions or regulatory restrictions on the ability (i) of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company or the Bank to pay dividends or to make any other distributions on the Company’s, the Mid-Tier Company’s or the Bank’s capital stock or (ii) of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company or the Bank (A) to pay any indebtedness owed by the Company, the Mid-Tier Company or the Bank, (B) to make any loans or advances to, or investments in, the Company, the Mid-Tier Company or the Bank, subject to applicable law and regulation, or (C) to transfer any of its property or assets to the Company, Mid-Tier Company or the Bank.

(lxi)The Bank has, in all material respects, properly administered all accounts for which it acts as a fiduciary, including accounts for which it serves as a trustee, agent, custodian, personal representative, guardian, conservator or investment advisor, in accordance with the terms of the governing documents and applicable law and regulations. Neither the Bank nor any director, officer or employee of

17

 

America 100602509v.2


 

the Bank has, to its knowledge, committed any breach of trust or fiduciary duty with respect to any such fiduciary account, and the accountings for each such fiduciary account are true and correct in all material respects and accurately reflect the assets of such fiduciary account.

(lxii)From the time of submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act. None of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC (i) has alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications or (ii) authorized anyone (including the Agent) to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on either Section 5(d) of Securities Act or Rule 163B of the Securities Act Regulations.

(b)Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC and delivered to the Agent or counsel for the Agent shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC to the Agent and, for purposes of the opinions to be delivered to the Agent pursuant to Sections 5(b)(1) and 5(b)(2) hereof, to the counsel for the Company and the Agent as to matters covered thereby.

SECTION 2. APPOINTMENT OF AGENT; SALE AND DELIVERY OF THE SECURITIES; CLOSING.  On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby appoints Janney (i) as its exclusive marketing agent to consult with and advise the Company, and to assist the Company with the solicitation of subscriptions and purchase orders for the Securities, in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering and (ii) as sole book-running manager in connection with the solicitation of purchase orders for the Securities in the Syndicated Offering, if applicable. On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, Janney accepts such appointment and agrees to use its best efforts to assist the Company with the solicitation of subscriptions and purchase orders for Securities in accordance with this Agreement; provided, however, that the Agent shall not be obligated to take any action that is inconsistent with any applicable laws, regulations, decisions or orders.

The services to be rendered by Janney pursuant to this appointment include the following: (i) consulting as to the securities marketing implications of the Plan; (ii) reviewing with the Board of Directors the financial impact of the Offerings on the Company, based upon the Appraiser’s appraisal of the Common Stock; (iii) reviewing all offering documents, including the Prospectus, stock order forms and related offering materials (it being understood that preparation and filing of such documents is the sole responsibility of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank, the MHC and their counsel); (iv) assisting in the design and implementation of a marketing strategy for the Offerings; (v) assisting the Company’s and the Bank’s management in scheduling and preparing for meetings with potential investors and/or other broker-dealers in connection with the Offerings, and (vi) providing such other general advice and assistance as may be reasonably necessary to promote the successful completion of the Offerings.

The appointment of the Agent hereunder shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of (i) forty-five (45) days after the last day of the Subscription Offering and, if held, the Community Offering, unless the Company and the Agent agree in writing to extend such period and the FRB agrees to extend the period of time in which the Securities may be sold, or (ii) the receipt and acceptance of subscriptions and purchase orders for all of the Securities, or (iii) the completion of the Syndicated Offering, if applicable.

If any of the Securities remain available after the expiration of the Subscription Offering and, if held, the Community Offering, at the request of the Company and the Bank, the Agent will seek to form a syndicate of registered brokers or dealers (“Selected Dealers”) to assist in the solicitation of purchase orders of such Securities on a best efforts basis in a Syndicated Offering. Janney will serve as sole book-running

18

 

America 100602509v.2


 

manager of any Syndicated Offering. The Agent will endeavor to distribute the Securities among the Selected Dealers in a fashion that best meets the distribution objectives of the Company and the Bank and the requirements of the Plan, which may result in limiting the allocation of stock to certain Selected Dealers. It is understood that in no event shall the Agent be obligated to act as a Selected Dealer or to take or purchase any Securities.

In the event the Company is unable to sell at least the total minimum amount of the Securities, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus, within the period herein provided, this Agreement shall terminate and the Company shall refund promptly to any persons who have subscribed for any of the Securities the full amount that it may have received from them, together with interest as provided in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, and no party to this Agreement shall have any obligation to the others hereunder, except for the obligations of the Company, the Bank and the MHC as set forth in Sections 4, 6(a) and 7 hereof and the obligations of the Agent as provided in Sections 6(b) and 7 hereof. Appropriate arrangements for promptly placing the funds received from subscriptions for Securities or other offers to purchase Securities in special interest-bearing accounts with the Bank until all Securities are sold and paid for were made by the Company prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering, with provision for refund to the purchasers as set forth above, or for delivery to the Company if all Securities are sold.

If at least the total minimum amount of Securities, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus, are sold, the Company agrees to issue or have issued the Securities sold and to release for delivery certificates for such Securities or statements reflecting book entry ownership of such Securities at the Closing Time against payment therefor by release of funds from the special interest-bearing accounts referred to above. The closing shall be held at the offices of Locke Lord LLP, at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Time, or at such other place and time as shall be agreed upon by the parties hereto, on a business day to be agreed upon by the parties hereto. Certificates or statements reflecting book-entry ownership of Securities shall be delivered directly to the purchasers thereof in accordance with their directions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certificates or statements reflecting book-entry ownership of Securities purchased through Selected Dealers shall be made available to the Agent for inspection at least 24 hours prior to the Closing Time at such office as the Agent shall designate. The hour and date upon which the Company shall release for delivery all of the Securities, in accordance with the terms hereof, is herein called the “Closing Time.”

The Company will pay any stock issue and transfer taxes that may be payable with respect to the sale of the Securities.

In addition to the reimbursement of the expenses specified in Section 4 hereof, the Agent will receive:

(a)A non-refundable management fee of $50,000 (the “Management Fee”), all of which has been paid prior to the date hereof;

(b)as compensation for its marketing agent services in the Subscription and Community Offering, a fee of one percent (1.00%) of the aggregate purchase price of the Securities sold in the Subscription and Community Offering (the “Success Fee”), excluding in each case shares purchased by any (i) employee benefit plan or trust of the Company or the Bank established for the benefit of their respective directors, officers and employees, (ii) charitable foundation established by the Company (or any shares contributed to such charitable foundation), and (iii) director, officer or employee of the Company or members of their immediate families, (whether directly or through a personal trust) which term shall mean parents, spouse, children and grandchildren; the Success Fee due hereunder will be reduced by the Management Fee; and

19

 

America 100602509v.2


 

(c)with respect to any Securities sold in the Syndicated Offering, an aggregate fee of six percent (6.00%) of the aggregate purchase price of Securities sold in the Syndicated Offering.

(d)A cash fee in the amount of $50,000 (the "Services Fee"), $5,000 of which has been earned in full and paid prior to the date hereof, in connection with Janney's provision of services as records agent pursuant to the Engagement Letter. The balance of the Services Fee shall be due and payable immediately upon the mailing of the Subscription Offering documents.  Any material changes in the FRB Regulations or the Plan, or delays requiring duplicate or replacement processing due to changes to record dates, may result in additional fees not to exceed $10,000.

If this Agreement is terminated by the Agent in accordance with the provisions of Section 9(a) hereof or the Offering is terminated by the Company, no fee shall be payable by the Company to the Agent; provided, however, that the Company shall reimburse the Agent in accordance with the provisions of Section 4 hereof for all of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses up to $15,000 and for its attorney’s fees and expenses up to $125,000, for a total maximum of $140,000. These expenses may be increased by an additional amount not to exceed $25,000 by mutual consent, including in the event of a material delay of the Offerings which would require an update of the financial information in tabular form to reflect a period later than set forth in the original filing of the Prospectus. In addition, the Company shall be obligated to pay the other fees and expenses as contemplated by the provisions of Section 4 hereof in the event of any such termination.

Except as otherwise stated above, all fees payable to the Agent hereunder shall be payable in immediately available funds by wire transfer at the Closing Time, or upon the termination of this Agreement, as the case may be.

SECTION 3. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY, THE MID-TIER COMPANY, THE BANK AND THE MHC. The Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC jointly and severally covenant with the Agent as follows:

(a)The Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC will prepare and file such amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Conversion Application, the Holding Company Application, the Members’ Proxy Statement and the Shareholders’ Proxy Statement as may hereafter be required by the Commission Regulations or the FRB Regulations or as may hereafter be reasonably requested by the Agent. Following completion of the Subscription and Community Offering, in the event of a Syndicated Offering, the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC will (i) promptly prepare and file with the Commission, if required, a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement relating to the results of the Subscription and Community Offering, any additional information with respect to the proposed plan of distribution, including the Syndicated Offering, if any, and any revised pricing information or (ii) if no such post-effective amendment is required, will file with the Commission a prospectus or prospectus supplement containing information relating to the results of the Subscription and Community Offering and pricing information pursuant to Rule 424 of the Securities Act Regulations, in either case in a form acceptable to the Agent. The Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC will notify the Agent immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) of the effectiveness of any post-effective amendment of the Registration Statement, the filing of any supplement to the Prospectus and the filing of any amendment to the Conversion Application or the Holding Company Application, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the FRB or the Commission or any other governmental entity with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Plan, (iii) of any request by the Commission or the FRB for any amendment to the Registration Statement, the Conversion Application, the Holding Company Application or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the FRB, its approvals or non-objections, as applicable, of the Conversion Application, the Holding Company Application or the initiation of any

20

 

America 100602509v.2


 

proceedings for that purpose, (v) of the issuance by the Commission or the FRB of an order suspending the Offerings or the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus or the initiation or threatened initiation of such proceedings, (vi) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, and (vii) of the receipt of any notice with respect to the suspension of any qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction. The Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order and, if any stop order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

(b)The Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Agent, and the Agent represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Company, they have not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus or that would constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act Regulations, required to be filed with the Commission. The Company represents that it has and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 of the Securities Act Regulations applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including timely Commission filing where required, legending and record keeping. The Company need not treat any communication as a free writing prospectus if it is exempt from the definition of prospectus pursuant to clause (a) of Section 2(a)(10) of the Securities Act without regard to Rule 172 or 173 of the Securities Act Regulations. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus materially conflicted or would materially conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will notify promptly the Agent so that any use of such Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus may cease until it is amended or supplemented and the Company will promptly amend or supplement such Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission; provided, however, that this covenant shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by the Agent expressly for use therein.

(c)The Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC will give the Agent notice of their intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Conversion Application, the Holding Company Application or the Registration Statement (including any post-effective amendment) or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus (including any revised prospectus that the Company proposes for use in connection with any Syndicated Offering that differs from the prospectus on file at the Commission at the time the Registration Statement becomes effective, whether or not such revised prospectus is required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act Regulations), will furnish the Agent with copies of any such amendment or supplement a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file any such amendment or supplement or use any such prospectus to which the Agent or counsel for the Agent may object.

(d)The Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC will deliver to the Agent as many signed copies and as many conformed copies of the Holding Company Application, the Conversion Applications and the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein) as the Agent may reasonably request, and from time to time such number of copies of the Prospectus as the Agent may reasonably request.

(e)During the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered, the Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank and the MHC will comply, at their own expense, with all requirements imposed upon them by the FRB, by the applicable FRB Regulations, as from time to time in force, and by

21

 

America 100602509v.2


 

the Nasdaq Stock Market, the Securities Act, the Securities Act Regulations, the Exchange Act, and the Exchange Act Regulations, including, without limitation, Regulation M under the Exchange Act, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales or dealing in shares of Common Stock during such period in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Prospectus.

(f)If any event or circumstance shall occur as a result of which it is necessary, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Agent, to amend or supplement the Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the Prospectus not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or if it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law and regulation, the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC will forthwith amend or supplement the Registration Statement or Prospectus (in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Agent) so that, as so amended or supplemented, the Registration Statement or Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or so the Prospectus will comply with applicable law and regulation, and the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC will furnish to the Agent a reasonable number of copies of such amendment or supplement. For the purpose of this subsection, the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC will each furnish such information with respect to itself as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

(g)The Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC will take all necessary action, in cooperation with the Agent, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states of the United States and other jurisdictions as the FRB Regulations may require and as the Agent and the Company have agreed; provided, however, that none of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC shall be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified. In each jurisdiction in which the Securities have been so qualified, the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC will file such statements and reports as may be required by the laws of such jurisdiction to continue such qualification in effect for a period of not less than one year from the effective date of the Registration Statement.

(h)The Company authorizes the Agent and any Selected Dealer to act as agents of the Company in distributing the Prospectus to persons entitled to receive subscription rights and other persons to be offered Securities having record addresses in the states or jurisdictions set forth in a survey of the securities or “blue sky” laws of the various jurisdictions in which the Offerings will be made (the “Blue Sky Survey”).

(i)The Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but not later than 60 days after the close of the period covered thereby, an earnings statement (in form complying with the provisions of Rule 158 of the Securities Act Regulations) covering a twelve-month period beginning not later than the first day of the Company’s fiscal quarter next following the “effective date” (as defined in said Rule 158) of the Registration Statement.

(j)During the period ending on the third anniversary of the expiration of the fiscal year during which the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby occurs, the Company will furnish to its shareholders as soon as practicable after the end of each such fiscal year an annual report (including consolidated statements of financial condition and consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows, certified by independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement), consolidated summary financial information of the Company and the Bank for such quarter in reasonable detail. In addition, the Company

22

 

America 100602509v.2


 

will use its reasonable best efforts to make public such annual report and quarterly consolidated summary financial information through the issuance of appropriate press releases at the same time or prior to the time of the furnishing thereof to shareholders of the Company.

(k)During the period ending on the third anniversary of the expiration of the fiscal year during which the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby occurs, the Company will furnish to the Agent (i) as soon as publicly available, a copy of each report or other document of the Company furnished generally to shareholders of the Company or furnished to or filed with the Commission under the Exchange Act or any national securities exchange or system on which any class of securities of the Company is listed, and (ii) from time to time, such other information concerning the Company as the Agent may reasonably request. For purposes of this paragraph, any document filed electronically with the Commission shall be deemed furnished to the Agent.

(l)The Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC will (i) use their best efforts to complete the conditions precedent to the Offerings and the Conversion in accordance with the Plan, the applicable FRB Regulations and all other applicable laws, regulations, decisions and orders, including all material terms, conditions, requirements and provisions precedent to the Reorganization and the Offerings imposed upon the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC by the Commission, the FRB or any other regulatory authority or state securities (blue sky) authority, and to comply with those which the regulatory authority permits to be completed after the Conversion and the Offerings; and (ii) conduct the Conversion and the Offerings in the manner described in the Prospectus and in accordance with the Plan, the FRB Regulations and all other applicable material laws, regulations, decisions and orders, including in compliance with all terms, conditions, requirements and provisions precedent to the Conversion and the Offerings imposed upon the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC by the Commission, the FRB or any other regulatory or blue sky authority.

(m)The Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC will comply, at their own expense, with all requirements imposed by the Commission, the FRB and the Nasdaq Stock Market or pursuant to the applicable Commission Regulations, FRB Regulations and Nasdaq Stock Market requirements as from time to time in force.

(n)The Company will promptly inform the Agent upon its receipt of service with respect to any material litigation or administrative action instituted with respect to the Conversion and/or the Offerings.

(o)Each of the Company and the Bank will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

(p)The Company will report the use of proceeds from the Offerings on its first periodic report following the Closing Time filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and on any subsequent periodic reports as may be required pursuant to Rule 463 of the Securities Act Regulations.

(q)The Company will maintain the effectiveness of the Exchange Act Registration Statement for not less than three years and will comply in all material respects with its filing obligations under the Exchange Act. For three years, the Company will use its best efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market and, once listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the Company will comply with all applicable listing standards required by the Nasdaq Stock Market.

23

 

America 100602509v.2


 

(r)The Company and the Bank will take such actions and furnish such information as are reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Agent to ensure compliance with FINRA Rules 5130 and 5131.

(s)Other than in connection with any employee benefit plan or arrangement described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Agent, sell or issue, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, any shares of Common Stock other than the Conversion Shares or the Exchange Shares for a period of 90 days following the Closing Time.

(t)During the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the later of the third anniversary of the Closing Time or the date on which the Agent receives full payment in satisfaction of any claim for indemnification or contribution to which they may be entitled pursuant to Sections 6 or 7 hereof, respectively, made prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Time, none of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC shall, without the prior written consent of the Agent, take or permit to be taken any action that could result in the Common Stock or the Bank Common Stock becoming subject to any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien or encumbrance, with the exception of the intended loan to the Bank’s ESOP by the Company to enable the ESOP to purchase securities in an amount up to 8.00% of the Common Stock that is sold in the Offerings and to refinance or restructure the existing loan to the ESOP.

(u)The Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC will comply with the conditions imposed by or agreed to with the FRB in connection with its approval of the Holding Company Application and the Conversion Application.

(v)The Company shall not deliver the Securities or the Exchange Shares until the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC have satisfied each condition set forth in Section 5 hereof, unless such condition is waived by the Agent.

(w)The Company, the Mid-Tier Company or the Bank will furnish to the Agent as early as practicable prior to the Closing Time, but no later than two (2) full business days prior thereto, a copy of the latest available unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Mid-Tier Company, which have been read by Mazars, as stated in their letters to be furnished pursuant to subsections (f) and (g) of Section 5 hereof.

(x)During the period in which the Prospectus is required to be delivered, each of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC will conduct its respective business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws, rules, regulations, decisions, directives and orders, including all decisions, directives and orders of the Commission, the FRB, the OCC, the FDIC and the Nasdaq Stock Market.

(y)None of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC will amend the Plan in any manner that would affect the sale of the Securities or the terms of this Agreement without the consent of the Agent.

(z)The Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC will not, prior to the Closing Time, incur any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, or enter into any material transaction, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, except as contemplated by the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package.

(aa)The Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC will use all reasonable efforts to comply with, or cause to be complied with, the conditions precedent to the obligations of the Agent specified in Section 5 hereof.

24

 

America 100602509v.2


 

(bb)The Company, the Mid-Tier Company and the Bank will provide the Agent with any information necessary to carry out the allocation of the Securities in the event of an oversubscription, and such information will be accurate and reliable in all material respects.

(cc)The Company, the Mid-Tier Company and the Bank will notify the Agent when funds have been received for the minimum number of Securities set forth in the Prospectus.

SECTION 4. PAYMENT OF EXPENSES. The Company, the Bank and the MHC jointly and severally agree to pay all expenses incident to the performance of their obligations under this Agreement, including but not limited to (i) the cost of obtaining all securities and bank regulatory approvals, including any required FINRA filing fees including the filing fees paid by the Agent referenced below, (ii) the cost of printing and distributing the materials used in the Offerings, (iii) the costs of Blue Sky qualification (including fees and expenses of Blue Sky counsel) of the Securities in the various states, (iv) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with obtaining the listing of the Securities and the Exchange Shares on the Nasdaq Stock Market, (v) all fees and disbursements of the Company’s, the Mid-Tier Company’s, the Bank’s and the MHC’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, and (vi) the establishment and operational expenses for the Stock Information Center (e.g. postage, telephones, supplies, temporary employees, etc.). In the event the Agent incurs any such fees and expenses on behalf of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC, the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC will reimburse the Agent for such fees and expenses whether or not the Conversion is consummated; provided, however, that the Agent shall not incur any substantial expenses on behalf of the Company, the Bank or the MHC without prior approval, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld.

The Company and the Bank jointly and severally agree to pay certain expenses incident to the performance of the Agent’s obligations under this Agreement, regardless of whether the Conversion is consummated, including (i) the filing fees paid or incurred by the Agent in connection with all filings with FINRA, and (ii) all reasonable documented out-of-pocket expenses up to $15,000 incurred by the Agent in connection with its services as marketing agent as described above including, without limitation, travel, meals, lodging, postage, syndication and documentation expenses, and up to $125,000, incurred by the Agent on legal fees and expenses. These expenses may be increased by an additional amount not to exceed $25,000 by mutual consent, including in the event of a material delay of the Offerings which would require an update of the financial information in tabular form to reflect a period later than set forth in the original filing of the Prospectus. All fees and expenses to which the Agent is entitled to reimbursement under this paragraph of this Section 4 shall be due and payable upon receipt by the Company, the Bank or the MHC of a written accounting therefor setting forth in reasonable detail the expenses incurred by the Agent.

SECTION 5. CONDITIONS OF AGENT’S OBLIGATIONS. The Company, the Bank, the MHC and the Agent agree that the issuance and the sale of Securities and all obligations of the Agent hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company, the Bank and the MHC herein contained as of the date hereof and the Closing Time, to the accuracy of the statements of officers and directors of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC made pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC of their obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

(a)No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, including any post-effective amendment thereto, shall have been issued under the Securities Act or proceedings therefor initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission, no order suspending the Offerings or authorization for final use of the Prospectus, including any prospectus included in a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, shall have been issued or proceedings therefor initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission or the FRB and no order suspending the sale of the Securities in any jurisdiction shall have been issued.

25

 

America 100602509v.2


 

(b)At the Closing Time, the Agent shall have received:

(1)The favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Time, of Locke Lord LLP, counsel for the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Agent, as attached hereto as Exhibit A.

(2)The favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Time, of Silver, Freedman, Taff & Tiernan LLP, counsel for the Agent, as to such matters as the Agent may reasonably require.

(3)In addition to giving their opinions required by subsections (b)(l) and (b)(2), respectively, of this Section, Locke Lord LLP and Silver, Freedman, Taff & Tiernan LLP shall each additionally state that nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Registration Statement (except for financial statements and schedules and other financial, pro forma, appraisal or statistical data included therein, as to which counsel need make no statement), at the time it became effective, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that the Prospectus (except for financial statements and schedules and other financial, pro forma, appraisal or statistical data included therein, as to which counsel need make no statement), at the time the Registration Statement became effective, as of the date of the Prospectus or at the Closing Time, or (if applicable) that the General Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, included or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

In giving their opinions, Locke Lord LLP and Silver, Freedman, Taff & Tiernan LLP may rely as to matters of fact on certificates of officers and directors of the Ponce Parties and certificates of public officials. Silver, Freedman, Taff & Tiernan LLP may also rely on the opinion of Locke Lord LLP.

(c)At the Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof, the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC shall have completed in all material respects the conditions precedent to the Conversion in accordance with the Plan, the applicable FRB Regulations and all other applicable laws, regulations, decisions and orders, including all terms, conditions, requirements and provisions precedent to the Conversion imposed upon the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC by the FRB or any other regulatory authority other than those which the FRB or any such other regulatory authority permit to be completed after the consummation of the Conversion.

(d)At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, any Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Agent shall have received a certificate of the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Material Adverse Effect, (ii) there shall have been no material transaction entered into by the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC from the latest date as of which the financial condition of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company or the Bank, as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package other than transactions referred to or contemplated therein and transactions in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (iii) none of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC shall have received from the FRB, the OCC or the FDIC any order or direction (oral or written) to make any material change in the method of conducting its business with which it has not complied (which order or direction, if any, shall have been disclosed in writing to the Agent) or which would materially and adversely affect the business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects of the Company, the

26

 

America 100602509v.2


 

Mid-Tier Company the Bank or the MHC, considered as one enterprise, (iv) the representations and warranties in Section 1 hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (v) each of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC have complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, (vi) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC, threatened by the Commission, (vii) no order suspending the FRB’s approval of the Holding Company Application and the Conversion Application or the transactions contemplated thereby has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC, threatened by the FRB and no person has sought to obtain regulatory or judicial review of the action of the FRB in approving the Plan in accordance with the FRB Regulations nor has any person sought to obtain regulatory or judicial review of the action of the FRB in approving the Conversion Application or the Holding Company Application, and (viii) no order suspending the Subscription and Community Offering or the Syndicated Offering or authorization for use of the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been initiated by the FRB.

 

(e)At the Closing Time, the Agent shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, the Bank and the MHC, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that (i) they have reviewed the contents of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package; (ii) based on each of their knowledge, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading; (iii) based on each of their knowledge, the consolidated financial statements and other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the Mid-Tier Company and the Bank as of and for the dates and periods covered by the Registration Statement and the Prospectus; (iv) they are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures; (v) they have designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the Mid-Tier Company and the Bank is made known to them; (vi) they have evaluated the effectiveness of their disclosure controls and procedures; and (vii) they have disclosed to Mazars and the audit committee (A) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of disclosure controls and procedures which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Mid-Tier Company’s and the Bank’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial data, and have identified for the Mid-Tier Company’s and the Bank’s independent registered public accounting firm any material weaknesses in disclosure controls and procedures and (B) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Mid-Tier Company’s and the Bank’s disclosure controls and procedures.

(f)As of the date hereof, the Agent shall have received from Mazars a letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, to the effect that: (i) they are independent public accountants with respect to the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC within the meaning of the Code of Ethics of the AICPA, the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and the FRB Regulations, they are registered with the PCAOB, and they are not in violation of the auditor independence requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; (ii) it is their opinion that the consolidated financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement and covered by their opinions therein comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations; (iii) based upon limited procedures as agreed upon by the Agent and Mazars set forth in detail in such letter, nothing has come to their attention which causes them to believe that, except as set forth in such letter, (A) the unaudited amounts of net interest income and net income set forth under “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” or under “Recent

27

 

America 100602509v.2


 

Developments” in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package do not agree with the amounts set forth in unaudited consolidated financial statements as of and for the dates and periods presented under such captions or such amounts were not determined on a basis substantially consistent with that used in determining the corresponding amounts in the audited consolidated financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, (B) at a specified date not more than five (5) business days prior to the date of this Agreement, there has been any change in the common stock or preferred stock, increase in advances with the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York or other long-term or short-term debt or any decreases in consolidated total assets, the allowance of loan losses, total loans, total deposits or stockholders’ equity of the Mid-Tier Company, in each case as compared with the amounts shown in the September 30, 2021 unaudited statements of financial condition presented under the “Recent Developments” caption in the Registration Statement or, (D) during the period from October 1, 2021 to a specified date not more than five (5) business days prior to the date of this Agreement, there were any decreases, as compared with the corresponding period in the preceding fiscal year, in consolidated interest income, net interest income, net interest income after provision for loan losses, income before income tax expense or net income of the Mid-Tier Company or increases in interest expense or the provision for loan losses, except in all instances for increases or decreases which the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package disclose have occurred or may occur; and (iv) in addition to the examination referred to in their opinions and the limited procedures referred to in clause (iii) above, they have carried out certain specified procedures, not constituting an audit, with respect to certain amounts, percentages and financial information that are included in the Registration Statement, Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package and that are specified by the Agent, and have found such amounts, percentages and financial information to be in agreement with the relevant accounting, financial and other records of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC identified in such letter.

(g)At the Closing Time, the Agent shall have received from Mazars a letter dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that it reaffirms the statements made in the letters furnished pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than five (5) days prior to the Closing Time.

(h)The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, between the Agent and the persons set forth on Exhibit C hereto, relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock, Mid-Tier Company Common Stock or certain other securities, shall be delivered to the Agent on or before the date hereof and shall be in full force and effect at the Closing Time.

(i) At the Closing Time, the Securities and the Exchange Shares shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Stock Market.

(j)At the Closing Time, the Agent shall have received a letter from the Appraiser, dated as of the Closing Time, confirming its appraisal.

(k)At the Closing Time, counsel for the Agent shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities and the Exchange Shares and the contribution of the Foundation Shares to the Foundation as herein contemplated and related proceedings, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities and the Exchange Shares and the contribution of the Foundation Shares to the Foundation as herein contemplated shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent and counsel for the Agent.

(l)At any time prior to the Closing Time, (i) there shall not have occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or elsewhere or any outbreak of hostilities or escalation

28

 

America 100602509v.2


 

thereof or other calamity or crisis the effect of which, in the judgment of the Agent, are so material and adverse as to make it impracticable to market the Securities or to enforce contracts, including subscriptions or orders, for the sale of the Securities, and (ii) trading generally on any of the NYSE MKT, the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq shall not have been suspended, and minimum or maximum prices for trading shall not have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities have been required, by any of said Exchanges or by order of the Commission or any other governmental authority, and a banking moratorium shall not have been declared by either Federal or New York  authorities.

SECTION 6. INDEMNIFICATION.

(a)The Ponce Parties, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Agent, each person, if any, who controls the Agent, within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and its respective partners, directors, officers, employees and agents as follows:

(i)from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, judgment, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, related to or arising out of the Conversion or any action taken by the Agent where acting as agent of the Ponce Parties or otherwise as described in Section 2 hereof;

(ii)from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, judgment, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, based upon or arising out of (A) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package, any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus, the Members’ Proxy Statement, the Shareholders’ Proxy Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto (including any post-effective amendment) or any document, advertisement, oral statement or communication, or supplemental sales material (including the supplemental sales material filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement)  (“Sales Information”) prepared, made or executed by or on behalf of the Ponce Parties with its consent and based upon written or oral information furnished by or on behalf of the Ponce Parties, whether or not filed in any jurisdiction, in order to qualify or register the Shares or the Foundation Shares or to claim an exemption therefrom under the securities laws thereof, (B) the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Registration, the Prospectus,  the General Disclosure Package or Sales Information or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (C) any omission or alleged omission from the Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package, any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus, the Members’ Proxy Statement, the Shareholders’ Proxy Statement or Sales Information to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(iii)from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, judgment, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever described in clauses (i) or (ii) above, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and

(iv)from and against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including, subject to Section 6(c) hereof, the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Agent), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation, proceeding or inquiry by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim pending or threatened whatsoever described in clauses (i) or (ii) above, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above;

29

 

America 100602509v.2


 

provided, however, that the indemnification provided for in this paragraph (a) shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, judgment, damage or expense that (i) arises out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package or any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading which was made in reliance upon and in conformity with the written information furnished to the Company by the Agent expressly for use therein, provided that the Ponce Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that the only information that the Agent has furnished to the Company consists solely of the information set forth in the first sentence in the third paragraph of the section “The Conversion and Offering-Plan of Distribution; and Marketing Arrangements”, the third sentence of the second paragraph of the section “The Conversion and Offering-Syndicated Offering” and the first and second sentences of the second paragraph of the section “The Conversion and Offering - Stock Information Center Management” in the Prospectus (the “Agent Information”), or (ii) is finally judicially determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be primarily attributable to the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the Agent arising out of the engagement of the Agent pursuant to, or the performance by the Agent of the services contemplated by, this Agreement. To the extent required by law, the indemnification provided for in this paragraph (a) shall be subject to and limited by Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act, as amended.

(b)The Agent agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Ponce Parties, their directors or each of their officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, judgment, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, of a material fact made in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package or any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Agent Information.

(c)Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability that it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. If any such action shall be brought or asserted against an indemnified party and such indemnified party shall have notified the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party (who shall not, without the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party) to represent the indemnified party in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred.  In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the indemnifying party has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; (iii) the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to such indemnified party that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interest between them. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to no more than one local counsel in each separate jurisdiction in which any action or proceeding is commenced) separate from such indemnifying party’s own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section

30

 

America 100602509v.2


 

6, the indemnifying party shall not, without the prior written consent of an indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless (i) such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party in form and substance satisfactory to such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such action and (ii) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d)The Ponce Parties also agree that the Agent shall not have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract or tort or otherwise) to the Bank, the Mid-Tier Company and its security holders, the MHC and its members or the Bank’s, the Company’s, the Mid-Tier Company’s or the MHC’s creditors relating to or arising out of the engagement of the Agent pursuant to, or the performance by the Agent of the services contemplated by, this Agreement, except to the extent that any liability is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from the Agent’s bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence.

(e)In addition to, and without limiting, the provisions of Section (6)(a)(iv) hereof, in the event that the Agent, any person, if any, who controls the Agent within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or any of its partners, directors, officers, employees, affiliates or agents is requested or required to appear as a witness or otherwise gives testimony in any action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry brought by or on behalf of or against the Ponce Parties, the Agent or any of its affiliates or any participant in the transactions contemplated hereby in which the Agent or such person or agent is not named as a defendant, the Ponce Parties jointly and severally agree to reimburse the Agent and its partners, directors, officers, employees or agents for all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with preparing or appearing as a witness or otherwise giving testimony and to compensate the Agent and its partners, directors, officers, employees or agents in an amount to be mutually agreed upon.

(f)Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Section 6, in no event shall any payment made by the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the MHC or the Bank pursuant to this Section 6 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

SECTION 7. CONTRIBUTION. In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason held to be unenforceable by the indemnified parties although applicable in accordance with its terms or is insufficient in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, judgments, damages or expenses referred to therein, the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank, the MHC and the Agent shall contribute to the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses of the nature contemplated by said indemnity agreement incurred by the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC and the Agent, as incurred, in such proportions (i) that the Agent is responsible for that portion represented by the percentage that the maximum aggregate marketing fees appearing on the cover page of the Prospectus bears to the maximum aggregate gross proceeds appearing thereon and the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC are jointly and severally responsible for the balance or (ii) if, but only if, the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits to the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC on the one hand and the Agent on the other, as reflected in clause (i), but also the relative fault of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC on the one hand and the Agent on the other, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, that no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section, each person, if any, who

31

 

America 100602509v.2


 

controls the Agent within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and its respective partners, directors, officers, employees, affiliates and agents shall have the same rights to contribution as the Agent, and each director of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, to the extent permitted by applicable law, in no event shall the Agent be required to contribute an aggregate amount in excess of the aggregate marketing fees to which the Agent is entitled and actually paid pursuant to this Agreement.

SECTION 8. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS TO SURVIVE DELIVERY. All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement, or contained in certificates of officers of the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank or the MHC submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Agent or controlling person, or by or on behalf of the Company, and shall survive delivery of the Securities and the Exchange Shares.

SECTION 9. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

(a)The Agent may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, since the date of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, any Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or elsewhere or any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis the effect of which, in the judgment of the Agent, are so material and adverse as to make it impracticable to market the Securities or to enforce contracts, including subscriptions or orders, for the sale of the Securities, (iii) if trading generally on the Nasdaq, the NYSE MKT or the New York Stock Exchange has been suspended, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities have been required, by any of said Exchanges or by order of the Commission or any other governmental authority, or if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities, (iv) if any condition specified in Section 5 hereof shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled; (v) if there shall have been such material adverse change in the condition or prospects of the Company, the Bank or the MHC or the prospective market for the Company’s Securities as in the Agent’s good faith opinion would make it inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Securities; (vi) if, in the Agent’s good faith opinion, the aggregate price for the Securities established by the Appraiser is not reasonable or equitable under then prevailing market conditions, or (vii) if the Conversion is not consummated on or prior to March 31, 2022.

(b)If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 9, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Sections 2 and 4 hereof relating to the reimbursement of expenses and except that the provisions of Sections 6 and 7 hereof shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 10. NOTICES. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Agent shall be directed to 1475 Peachtree St NE, Suite 800, Atlanta, GA 30309, attention of Greg Gersack, Manager and Director, Head of Equity Capital Markets with a copy to Dave Muchnikoff at Silver, Freedman, Taff & Tiernan LLP, 3299 K Street, N.W., Suite 100, Washington, D.C. 20007; notices to the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC shall be directed to any of them at 2244 Westchester Avenue, Bronx, New York 10462, Attention: Carlos P. Naudon, President

32

 

America 100602509v.2


 

and CEO, with a copy to Douglas P. Faucette, Locke Lord LLP, 701 8th Street, N.W., Suite 500, Washington, DC 20001.

SECTION 11. PARTIES. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Agent, the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Agent, the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC and their respective successors and the controlling persons and the partners, officers, directors, trustees, employees affiliates and agents referred to in Sections 6 and 7 hereof and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein or therein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof and thereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Agent, the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC and their respective successors, and said controlling persons, partners, officers, directors and trustees and their heirs, partners, legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation.

SECTION 12. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT. This Agreement represents the entire understanding of the parties hereto with reference to the transactions contemplated hereby and supersedes any and all other oral or written agreements heretofore made, except as specifically set forth in the engagement letter dated May 13, 2021, by and between Janney and the Mid-Tier Company. No waiver, amendment or other modification of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the parties hereto. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which is deemed an original but all of which constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart by facsimile, pdf or other electronic means shall be equally effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 13. GOVERNING LAW AND TIME. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in said State without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof. Unless otherwise noted, specified times of day refer to Eastern time.

SECTION 14. SEVERABILITY. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.

SECTION 15. HEADINGS. Section headings are not to be considered part of this Agreement, are for convenience and reference only, and are not to be deemed to be full or accurate descriptions of the contents of any paragraph or subparagraph.

[The next page is the signature page]


33

 

America 100602509v.2


 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement between the Agent on the one hand, and the Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank and the MHC on the other in accordance with its terms.

Very truly yours,

 

 

ponce financial group, inc.

 

By: /s/ Carlos P. Naudon

Carlos P. Naudon

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

pdl community bancorp

 

By: /s/ Carlos P. Naudon

Carlos P. Naudon

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

ponce bank

 

 

By: /s/ Carlos P. Naudon

Carlos P. Naudon

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

ponce bank mutual holding company

 

 

 

By: /s/ Steven A. Tsavaris  

Steven A. Tsavaris

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED

As of date first above written:

 

Janney Montgomery Scott LLC

 

By:/s/ Greg Gersack

Name:Greg Gersack

Title: Head of Midwest & West Coast Depositories

& Head of Equity Capital Markets

34

 

America 100602509v.2

pdlb-ex991_30.htm

Exhibit 99.1

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

 

FORM 10-Q

 

(Mark One)

 

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2021

OR

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from                     to                    

Commission File Number: 001-38224

 

PDL Community Bancorp

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

Federal

82-2857928

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

2244 Westchester Avenue

Bronx, NY

10462

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (718) 931-9000

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

  

Accelerated filer

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

  

  

Smaller reporting company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Emerging growth company

 

 

 

 

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes      No  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Trading

Symbol(s)

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share

 

PDLB

 

The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC

As of November 12, 2021, the registrant had 17,330,942 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, outstanding.

 

 

 

 


 

 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

Page

PART I.

 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

1

Item 1.

 

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (Unaudited)

 

1

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

 

2

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

 

3

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Unaudited)

 

4

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

 

6

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

8

Item 2.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

51

Item 3.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

79

Item 4.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

79

PART II.

 

OTHER INFORMATION

 

80

Item 1.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

80

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

 

80

Item 2.

 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

 

80

Item 3.

 

Defaults Upon Senior Securities

 

80

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

 

80

Item 5.

 

Other Information

 

80

Item 6.

 

Exhibits

 

81

Signatures

 

83

 

 

 

i


 

 

PART I—FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1.  Consolidated Financial Statements.

PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (Unaudited)

September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks (Note 3):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

29,365

 

 

$

26,936

 

Interest-bearing deposits in banks

 

 

33,673

 

 

 

45,142

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

 

63,038

 

 

 

72,078

 

Available-for-sale securities, at fair value (Note 4)

 

 

104,358

 

 

 

17,498

 

Held-to-maturity securities, at amortized cost (fair value 2021 $1,398; 2020 $1,722) (Note 4)

 

 

1,437

 

 

 

1,743

 

Placements with banks

 

 

2,490

 

 

 

2,739

 

Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value

 

 

13,930

 

 

 

35,406

 

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses - 2021 $16,008; 2020 $14,870 (Note 5)

 

 

1,302,238

 

 

 

1,158,640

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

13,360

 

 

 

11,396

 

Premises and equipment, net (Note 6)

 

 

34,081

 

 

 

32,045

 

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLBNY) stock, at cost

 

 

6,001

 

 

 

6,426

 

Deferred tax assets (Note 9)

 

 

4,826

 

 

 

4,656

 

Other assets

 

 

14,793

 

 

 

12,604

 

Total assets

 

$

1,560,552

 

 

$

1,355,231

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits (Note 7)

 

$

1,249,261

 

 

$

1,029,579

 

Accrued interest payable

 

 

238

 

 

 

60

 

Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance

 

 

9,118

 

 

 

7,019

 

Advances from the FHLBNY and others (Note 8)

 

 

106,255

 

 

 

117,255

 

Warehouse lines of credit (Note 8)

 

 

11,261

 

 

 

29,961

 

Mortgage loan funding payable (Note 8)

 

 

1,136

 

 

 

1,483

 

Other liabilities

 

 

9,396

 

 

 

10,330

 

Total liabilities

 

 

1,386,665

 

 

 

1,195,687

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 18,463,028 shares  issued

   and 17,330,942 shares outstanding as of September 30, 2021 and 18,463,028

   shares issued and 17,125,969 shares outstanding  as of December 31, 2020

 

 

185

 

 

 

185

 

Treasury stock, at cost; 1,132,086 shares as of September 30, 2021 and 1,337,059 shares

   as of December 31, 2020 (Note 10)

 

 

(15,069

)

 

 

(18,114

)

Additional paid-in-capital

 

 

86,360

 

 

 

85,105

 

Retained earnings

 

 

107,977

 

 

 

97,541

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (Note 15)

 

 

(621

)

 

 

135

 

Unearned compensation ─ ESOP; 494,562 shares as of September 30, 2021 and 530,751

   shares as of December 31, 2020 (Note 10)

 

 

(4,945

)

 

 

(5,308

)

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

173,887

 

 

 

159,544

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$

1,560,552

 

 

$

1,355,231

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

 

1


 

 

PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Interest and dividend income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on loans receivable

 

$

16,991

 

 

$

13,375

 

 

$

47,519

 

 

$

38,319

 

Interest on deposits due from banks

 

 

9

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

74

 

Interest and dividend on available-for-sale securities and FHLBNY stock

 

 

425

 

 

 

223

 

 

 

914

 

 

 

633

 

Total interest and dividend income

 

 

17,425

 

 

 

13,603

 

 

 

48,446

 

 

 

39,026

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on certificates of deposit

 

 

1,010

 

 

 

1,597

 

 

 

3,337

 

 

 

5,154

 

Interest on other deposits

 

 

354

 

 

 

500

 

 

 

1,118

 

 

 

1,726

 

Interest on borrowings

 

 

621

 

 

 

655

 

 

 

1,927

 

 

 

1,850

 

Total interest expense

 

 

1,985

 

 

 

2,752

 

 

 

6,382

 

 

 

8,730

 

Net interest income

 

 

15,440

 

 

 

10,851

 

 

 

42,064

 

 

 

30,296

 

Provision for loan losses (Note 5)

 

 

572

 

 

 

620

 

 

 

1,844

 

 

 

2,037

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

14,868

 

 

 

10,231

 

 

 

40,220

 

 

 

28,259

 

Non-interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges and fees

 

 

494

 

 

 

236

 

 

 

1,189

 

 

 

629

 

Brokerage commissions

 

 

270

 

 

 

447

 

 

 

923

 

 

 

519

 

Late and prepayment charges

 

 

329

 

 

 

145

 

 

 

871

 

 

 

277

 

Income on sale of mortgage loans

 

 

1,175

 

 

 

1,372

 

 

 

3,971

 

 

 

1,372

 

Loan origination

 

 

625

 

 

 

269

 

 

 

2,135

 

 

 

269

 

Gain on sale of real property

 

 

 

 

 

4,412

 

 

 

4,812

 

 

 

4,412

 

Other

 

 

341

 

 

 

371

 

 

 

1,567

 

 

 

970

 

Total non-interest income

 

 

3,234

 

 

 

7,252

 

 

 

15,468

 

 

 

8,448

 

Non-interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits

 

 

6,427

 

 

 

5,554

 

 

 

16,303

 

 

 

15,207

 

Occupancy and equipment

 

 

2,849

 

 

 

2,584

 

 

 

8,321

 

 

 

6,878

 

Data processing expenses

 

 

917

 

 

 

596

 

 

 

2,244

 

 

 

1,559

 

Direct loan expenses

 

 

696

 

 

 

437

 

 

 

2,856

 

 

 

848

 

Insurance and surety bond premiums

 

 

147

 

 

 

138

 

 

 

436

 

 

 

387

 

Office supplies, telephone and postage

 

 

626

 

 

 

386

 

 

 

1,502

 

 

 

1,014

 

Professional fees

 

 

1,765

 

 

 

1,553

 

 

 

5,929

 

 

 

4,516

 

Marketing and promotional expenses

 

 

51

 

 

 

127

 

 

 

137

 

 

 

506

 

Directors fees

 

 

67

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

205

 

 

 

207

 

Regulatory dues

 

 

74

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

254

 

 

 

151

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

1,113

 

 

 

834

 

 

 

3,101

 

 

 

2,311

 

Total non-interest expense

 

 

14,732

 

 

 

12,327

 

 

 

41,288

 

 

 

33,584

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

3,370

 

 

 

5,156

 

 

 

14,400

 

 

 

3,123

 

Provision for income taxes (Note 9)

 

 

1,318

 

 

 

1,147

 

 

 

3,964

 

 

 

898

 

Net income

 

$

2,052

 

 

$

4,009

 

 

$

10,436

 

 

$

2,225

 

Earnings per share (Note 11):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.12

 

 

$

0.24

 

 

$

0.62

 

 

$

0.13

 

Diluted

 

$

0.12

 

 

$

0.24

 

 

$

0.62

 

 

$

0.13

 

Weighted average shares outstanding (Note 11):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

16,823,731

 

 

 

16,612,205

 

 

 

16,703,997

 

 

 

16,711,677

 

Diluted

 

 

16,914,833

 

 

 

16,612,205

 

 

 

16,746,554

 

 

 

16,724,199

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

 

2


 

 

PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

(In thousands)

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Net income

 

$

2,052

 

 

$

4,009

 

 

$

10,436

 

 

$

2,225

 

Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized (losses) gains

 

 

(730

)

 

 

23

 

 

 

(899

)

 

 

188

 

Income tax (benefit) effect

 

 

150

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

143

 

 

 

(40

)

Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

 

 

(580

)

 

 

18

 

 

 

(756

)

 

 

148

 

Total comprehensive income

 

$

1,472

 

 

$

4,027

 

 

$

9,680

 

 

$

2,373

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

 

3


 

 

PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Unaudited)

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Unallocated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

Common

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Stock,

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Retained

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

At Cost

 

 

Capital

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

 

of ESOP

 

 

Total

 

Balance, December 31, 2020

 

 

17,125,969

 

 

$

185

 

 

$

(18,114

)

 

$

85,105

 

 

$

97,541

 

 

$

135

 

 

$

(5,308

)

 

$

159,544

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,452

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,452

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(107

)

 

 

 

 

 

(107

)

Treasury stock

 

 

(107,717

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,171

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,171

)

ESOP shares committed to be released (12,063 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

134

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

352

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

352

 

Balance, March 31, 2021

 

 

17,018,252

 

 

$

185

 

 

$

(19,285

)

 

$

85,470

 

 

$

99,993

 

 

$

28

 

 

$

(5,187

)

 

$

161,204

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,932

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,932

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(69

)

 

 

 

 

 

(69

)

Treasury stock

 

 

309,690

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,216

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,307

 

ESOP shares committed to be released (12,063 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

164

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

352

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

352

 

Balance, June 30, 2021

 

 

17,327,942

 

 

$

185

 

 

$

(15,069

)

 

$

85,956

 

 

$

105,925

 

 

$

(41

)

 

$

(5,066

)

 

$

171,890

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,052

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,052

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(580

)

 

 

 

 

 

(580

)

Treasury stock

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ESOP shares committed to be released (12,063 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

174

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

351

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

351

 

Balance, September 30, 2021

 

 

17,330,942

 

 

$

185

 

 

$

(15,069

)

 

$

86,360

 

 

$

107,977

 

 

$

(621

)

 

$

(4,945

)

 

$

173,887

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements (unaudited).


4


 

 

PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Unaudited) (Continued)

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Unallocated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

Common

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Stock,

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Retained

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

At Cost

 

 

Capital

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

 

of ESOP

 

 

Total

 

Balance, December 31, 2019

 

 

17,451,134

 

 

$

185

 

 

$

(14,478

)

 

$

84,777

 

 

$

93,688

 

 

$

20

 

 

$

(5,790

)

 

$

158,402

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,213

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,213

)

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90

 

 

 

 

 

 

90

 

Treasury stock

 

 

(151,394

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,012

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,012

)

ESOP shares committed to be released (12,063 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

124

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

352

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

352

 

Balance, March 31, 2020

 

 

17,299,740

 

 

$

185

 

 

$

(16,490

)

 

$

85,132

 

 

$

92,475

 

 

$

110

 

 

$

(5,669

)

 

$

155,743

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(571

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(571

)

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

Treasury stock

 

 

(65,449

)

 

 

 

 

 

(682

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(682

)

ESOP shares committed to be released (12,063 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

123

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

346

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

346

 

Balance, June 30, 2020

 

 

17,234,291

 

 

$

185

 

 

$

(17,172

)

 

$

85,481

 

 

$

91,904

 

 

$

150

 

 

$

(5,549

)

 

$

154,999

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,009

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

Treasury stock

 

 

(117,942

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,109

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,109

)

ESOP shares committed to be released (12,063 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

106

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

351

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

351

 

Balance, September 30, 2020

 

 

17,116,349

 

 

$

185

 

 

$

(18,281

)

 

$

85,817

 

 

$

95,913

 

 

$

168

 

 

$

(5,428

)

 

$

158,374

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

 

5


 

 

PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

10,436

 

 

$

2,225

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of premiums/discounts on securities, net

 

 

57

 

 

 

(7

)

Gain (loss) on sale of loans

 

 

(46

)

 

 

62

 

Gain on sale of real property

 

 

(4,812

)

 

 

(4,412

)

Gain on derivatives

 

 

(345

)

 

 

(58

)

Provision for loan losses

 

 

1,844

 

 

 

2,037

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

1,885

 

 

 

1,878

 

ESOP compensation

 

 

513

 

 

 

402

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

1,055

 

 

 

1,049

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

16

 

 

 

131

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Decrease (increase) in mortgage loans held for sale, fair value

 

 

20,444

 

 

 

(1,521

)

Increase in accrued interest receivable

 

 

(1,964

)

 

 

(6,013

)

Increase in other assets

 

 

(1,844

)

 

 

(7,393

)

Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable

 

 

178

 

 

 

(39

)

Increase in advance payments by borrowers

 

 

2,099

 

 

 

1,391

 

(Decrease) increase in mortgage loan funding payable

 

 

(347

)

 

 

220

 

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities

 

 

(1,139

)

 

 

7,415

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

28,030

 

 

 

(2,633

)

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business acquisition, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

 

 

(1,005

)

Proceeds from redemption of FHLBNY stock

 

 

1,102

 

 

 

4,378

 

Purchases of FHLBNY Stock

 

 

(677

)

 

 

(5,057

)

Purchases of available-for-sale securities

 

 

(94,186

)

 

 

(10,113

)

Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities

 

 

3,641

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal repayments on available-for-sale securities

 

 

3,156

 

 

 

17,288

 

Placements with banks

 

 

249

 

 

 

(2,739

)

Proceeds from sales of loans

 

 

12,991

 

 

 

3,977

 

Net increase in loans

 

 

(157,354

)

 

 

(159,295

)

Proceeds from sale of real property

 

 

8,152

 

 

 

4,743

 

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

 

(7,262

)

 

 

(1,336

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(230,188

)

 

 

(149,159

)

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in deposits

 

 

219,682

 

 

 

191,201

 

Repurchase of treasury stock

 

 

(1,607

)

 

 

(3,803

)

Proceeds from the sale of treasury stock

 

 

4,743

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from advances from FHLBNY

 

 

11,500

 

 

 

184,730

 

Repayments of advances from FHLBNY

 

 

(22,500

)

 

 

(171,851

)

Net advances on warehouse lines of credit

 

 

(18,700

)

 

 

(70

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

193,118

 

 

 

200,207

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(9,040

)

 

 

48,415

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents including restricted cash:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning

 

 

72,078

 

 

 

27,677

 

Ending

 

$

63,038

 

 

$

76,092

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements (unaudited).


6


 

 

PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) (Continued)

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest on deposits and borrowings

 

$

6,204

 

 

$

8,769

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

5,848

 

 

$

98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash assets acquired:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value

 

$

 

 

$

10,549

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

 

 

 

302

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

772

 

Total non-cash assets acquired

 

 

 

 

 

11,623

 

Liabilities assumed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

9,135

 

Mortgage loans funding payable

 

 

 

 

 

1,237

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

246

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

 

 

 

 

10,618

 

Net non-cash assets acquired

 

 

 

 

 

1,005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents acquired

 

 

 

 

 

750

 

Consideration paid

 

$

 

 

$

1,755

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

 

 


 

7


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 1.

Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation:

The unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements of PDL Community Bancorp (the “Company”) presented herein have been prepared pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and do not include all of the information and note disclosures required by the U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). In the opinion of management, all adjustments and disclosures considered necessary for the fair presentation of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been included. Interim results are not necessarily reflective of the results for the entire year or for any other period. The accompanying unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the audited Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K.

The unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries Ponce Bank (the “Bank”) and Mortgage World Bankers, Inc. (“Mortgage World”), and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries. The Bank’s subsidiaries consist of PFS Service Corp., which owns one of the Bank’s real properties, and Ponce De Leon Mortgage Corp., which is a mortgage banking entity. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Nature of Operations:

The Company is a financial holding company formed on September 29, 2017 in connection with the reorganization of the Bank into a mutual holding company structure. The Company is subject to the regulation and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve. The Company’s business is conducted through the administrative office and 18 mortgage and banking offices. The banking offices are located in New York City – the Bronx (4 branches), Manhattan (2 branches), Queens (3 branches), Brooklyn (3 branches) and Union City (1 branch), New Jersey. The mortgage offices are located in Queens (2) and Brooklyn (1), New York and Englewood Cliffs (1) and Bergenfield (1), New Jersey. The Company’s primary market area currently consists of the New York City metropolitan area.

The Bank is a federally chartered stock savings association headquartered in the Bronx, New York. It was originally chartered in 1960 as a federally chartered mutual savings and loan association under the name Ponce De Leon Federal Savings and Loan Association. In 1985, the Bank changed its name to “Ponce De Leon Federal Savings Bank.” In 1997, the Bank changed its name again to “Ponce De Leon Federal Bank.” Upon the completion of its reorganization into a mutual holding company structure, the assets and liabilities of Ponce De Leon Federal Bank were transferred to and assumed by the Bank. The Bank is a Minority Depository Institution, a Community Development Financial Institution, and a certified Small Business Administration lender. The Bank is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Office of Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”).

The Bank’s business primarily consists of taking deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, in mortgage loans, consisting of one-to-four family residential (both investor-owned and owner-occupied), multifamily residential, nonresidential properties and construction and land, and, to a lesser extent, in business and consumer loans. The Bank also invests in securities, which have historically consisted of U.S. government and federal agency securities and securities issued by government-sponsored or owned enterprises, mortgage-backed securities and Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (the “FHLBNY”) stock. The Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts, including demand, savings, money markets and certificates of deposit accounts.

On July 10, 2020, the Company completed its acquisition of Mortgage World. Mortgage World is a mortgage banking entity subject to the regulation and examination of the New York State Department of Financial Services. The primary business of Mortgage World is the taking of applications from the general public for residential mortgage loans, underwriting them to investors’ standards, closing and funding them and holding them until they are sold to investors. Although Mortgage World is permitted to do business in various states (New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Florida and Connecticut), it primarily operates in the New York City metropolitan area.

 


8


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 1.Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Risks and Uncertainties:

The novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic continues to disrupt the global and U.S. economies and as well as the lives of individuals throughout the world. The New York City Metropolitan area continues to experience cases of the COVID-19 pandemic. Governments, businesses, and the public are taking unprecedented actions to contain the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic and to mitigate its effects, including vaccinations and quarantines and, to a certain extent, limitations on travel.

The financial impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is still unknown at this time. However, if the pandemic continues for a sustained period of time, it may continue to adversely impact several industries within our geographic footprint and impair the ability of the Company’s customers to fulfill their contractual obligations to the Company. This could cause the Company to experience a material adverse effect on its business operations, loan portfolio, financial condition, and results of operations. During the nine months ended September 30, 2021, the provision for loan losses amounted to $1.8 million primarily due to increases in qualitative reserves as the Company continues to assess the economic impacts the COVID-19 pandemic has on its local economy and its loan portfolio. Therefore, there is a reasonable probability that the Company’s allowance for loan losses as of September 30, 2021 may change thereafter and could result in a material adverse change to the Company’s provision for loan losses, earnings and capital.

 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:   

Use of Estimates: In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, as of the date of the consolidated statement of financial condition, and revenues and expenses for the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans, the valuation of loans held for sale, the valuation of deferred tax assets and investment securities and the estimates relating to the valuation for share-based awards.

Interim Financial Statements: The interim consolidated financial statements at September 30, 2021, and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 are unaudited and reflect all normal recurring adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods presented. The results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021, are not necessarily indicative of the results to be achieved for the remainder of the year ending December 31, 2021, or any other period.

Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk: Most of the Bank's activities are with customers located within New York City. Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of the Bank's loan portfolio and Mortgage World’s ability to sell originated loans in the secondary markets are susceptible to changes in the local market conditions. Note 4 discusses the types of securities that the Bank invests in. Notes 5 and 12 discuss the types of lending that the Bank engages in, and other concentrations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and amounts due from banks (including items in process of clearing). For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash flows from loans originated by the Company, interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions, and deposits are reported net. Included in cash and cash equivalents are restricted cash from escrows and good faith deposits. Escrows consist of U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) upfront mortgage insurance premiums and escrows on unsold mortgages that are held on behalf of borrowers. Good faith deposits consist of deposits received from commercial loan customers for use in various disbursements relating to the closing of a commercial loan. Restricted cash is included in cash and cash equivalents for purposes of the consolidated statement of cash flows.

Securities: Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the date individual investment securities are acquired, and the appropriateness of such classification is reassessed at each statement of financial condition date.

Debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity, if any, are classified as "held-to-maturity" and recorded at amortized cost. Trading securities, if any, are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recognized in earnings.

Securities not classified as held-to-maturity or trading, are classified as "available-for-sale" and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities.

9


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Note 1.Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. For securities in an unrealized loss position, management considers the extent and duration of the unrealized loss, and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. Management also assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: (1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the consolidated statement of operations and (2) OTTI related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income.

The credit loss is defined as the difference between the discounted present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. For equity securities, the entire amount of impairment is recognized through earnings.

Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific-identification method. The sale of a held-to-maturity security within three months of its maturity date or after collection of at least 85% of the principal outstanding at the time the security was acquired is considered a maturity for purposes of classification and disclosure.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York Stock: The Bank is a member of the FHLBNY. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. FHLBNY stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.  

Loans Receivable: Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are stated at current unpaid principal balances, net of the allowance for loan losses and including net deferred loan origination fees and costs.

Interest income is accrued based on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the interest method without anticipating prepayments.  

A loan is moved to nonaccrual status in accordance with the Company’s policy, typically after 90 days of non-payment. The accrual of interest on mortgage and commercial loans is generally discontinued at the time the loan becomes 90 days past due unless the loan is well-secured and in process of collection. Consumer loans are typically charged-off no later than 120 days past due. Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual status or charged-off if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. All nonaccrual loans are considered impaired loans.  

All interest accrued but not received for loans placed on nonaccrual are reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cash basis or recorded against principal balances, until qualifying for return to accrual. Cash basis interest recognition is only applied on nonaccrual loans with a sufficient collateral margin to ensure no doubt with respect to the collectability of principal. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and remain current for a period of time (typically six months) and future payments are reasonably assured. Accrued interest receivable is closely monitored for collectability and will be charged-off in a timely manner if deemed uncollectable.

Allowance for Loan Losses: The allowance for loan losses (“ALLL”) is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged-off. The Company’s assessment of the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on borrowers indicates that it is likely that it will be a detriment to their ability to repay in the short-term and that the likelihood of long-term detrimental effects depends significantly on the resumption of normalized economic activities, a factor not yet determinable.

10


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Note 1.Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired.

Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

Impaired loans are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral, present value of cash flows, or the observable market price of the note. Impairment measurement for all collateral dependent loans, excluding accruing troubled debt restructurings, is based on the fair value of collateral, less costs to sell, if necessary. A loan is considered collateral dependent if repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the sale or the operation of the underlying collateral.  

When a loan is modified to troubled debt restructured, management evaluates for any possible impairment by using the discounted cash flows method, where the value of the modified loan is based on the present value of expected cash flows, discounted at the contractual interest rate of the original loan agreement, or by using the fair value of the collateral less selling costs, if repayment under the modified terms becomes doubtful.

The general component covers non‑impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors. The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experienced over a rolling 12 quarter average period. This actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These economic factors include consideration of the following:  levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentrations.  

When establishing the allowance for loan losses, management categorizes loans into risk categories reflecting individual borrower earnings, liquidity, leverage and cash flow, as well as the nature of underlying collateral. These risk categories and relevant risk characteristics are as follows:

 

Residential and Multifamily Mortgage Loans: Residential and multifamily mortgage loans are secured by first mortgages. These loans are typically underwritten with loan-to-value ratios ranging from 65% to 90%. The primary risks involved in residential mortgages are the borrower’s loss of employment, or other significant event, that negatively impacts the source of repayment. Additionally, a serious decline in home values could jeopardize repayment in the event that the underlying collateral needs to be liquidated to pay-off the loan.

Nonresidential Mortgage Loans: Nonresidential mortgage loans are primarily secured by commercial buildings, office and industrial buildings, warehouses, small retail shopping centers and various special purpose properties, including hotels, restaurants and nursing homes. These loans are typically underwritten at no more than 75% loan-to-value ratio. Although terms vary, commercial real estate loans generally have amortization periods of 15 to 30 years, as well as balloon payments due in 10 to 15 years, and terms which provide that the interest rates are adjusted on a 5-year schedule.

Construction and Land Loans: Construction real estate loans consist of vacant land and property that is in the process of improvement. Repayment of these loans can be dependent on the sale of the property to third parties or the successful completion of the improvements by the builder for the end user. In the event a loan is made on property that is not yet improved for the planned development, there is the risk that government approvals will not be granted or will be delayed. Construction loans also run the risk that improvements will not be completed on time or in accordance with specifications and projected costs. Construction real estate loans generally have terms of six months to two years during the construction period with fixed rates or interest rates based on a designated index and generally have a conversion to permanent financing feature.

11


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Note 1.Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Business Loans: Business loans are loans for commercial, corporate and business purposes, including issuing letters of credit. These loans are secured by business assets or may be unsecured and repayment is directly dependent on the successful operation of the borrower’s business and the borrower’s ability to convert the assets to operating revenue. They possess greater risk than most other types of loans because the repayment capacity of the borrower may become inadequate. Business loans generally have terms of five  to seven years or less and interest rates that float in accordance with a designated published index. Substantially, all such loans are backed by the personal guarantees of the owners of the business.

Consumer Loans: Consumer loans generally have higher interest rates than mortgage loans. The risk involved in consumer loans is the type and nature of the collateral and, in certain cases, the absence of collateral. Consumer loans include passbook loans and other secured and unsecured loans that have been made for a variety of consumer purposes.

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale, at Fair Value: Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value, include residential mortgages that were originated in accordance with secondary market pricing and underwriting standards. These loans are originated by Mortgage World which the Company intends to sell on the secondary market. Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at fair value under the fair value option accounting guidance for financial assets and financial liabilities. The gains or losses for the changes in fair value of these loans are included in income on sale of mortgage loans on the consolidated statements of operations. Interest income on mortgage loans held for sale measured under the fair value option is calculated based on the principal amount of the loan and is included in interest on loans receivable on the consolidated statements of operations.

Derivative Financial Instruments: The Company, through Mortgage World, uses derivative financial instruments as part of its price risk management activities. All such derivative financial instruments are designated as free-standing derivative instruments. In accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 815-25, “Derivatives and Hedging,” all derivative instruments are recognized as assets or liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial condition at their fair value. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are reported in current period earnings.

Additionally, to facilitate the sale of mortgage loans, Mortgage World may enter into forward sale positions on securities, and mandatory delivery positions. Exposure to losses or gains on these positions is limited to the net difference between the calculated amounts to be received and paid. As of September 30, 2021, the Company did not enter into any forward sale or mandatory delivery positions on their financial instruments.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers: The Company’s revenue from contracts with customers in the scope of ASC 606, “Revenue from Contract with Customers,” is recognized within noninterest income. ASC 606 outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. The Company's primary source of revenue is interest income on financial assets and income from mortgage banking activities, which are explicitly excluded from the scope of ASC 606.

COVID-19 Pandemic and the CARES Act: On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was signed into law. Section 4013 of the CARES Act, “Temporary Relief from Troubled Debt Restructurings,” provides banks the option to temporarily suspend certain requirements under GAAP related to troubled debt restructurings (“TDR”) for a limited period of time to account for the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. Additionally, on April 7, 2020, the banking agencies, including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the OCC, issued a statement, “Interagency Statement on Loan Modifications and Reporting for Financial Institutions Working With Customers Affected by the Coronavirus (Revised)” (“Interagency Statement”), to encourage banks  to work prudently with borrowers and to describe the agencies’ interpretation of how accounting rules under ASC 310-40, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors,” apply to certain of the COVID-19 pandemic related modifications. Further, on August 3, 2020, the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council issued a Joint Statement on Additional Loan Accommodations related to the COVID-19 pandemic, to provide prudent risk management and consumer protection principles for financial institutions to consider while working with borrowers as loans near the end of initial loan accommodation periods.

Under the CARES Act and related Interagency Statement, the Company may temporarily suspend its delinquency and nonperforming treatment for certain loans that have been granted a payment accommodation that facilitates borrowers' ability to work through the immediate impact of the pandemic. Borrowers who were current prior to becoming affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, then receive payment accommodations as a result of the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and if all payments are current in accordance with the revised terms of the loan, generally would not be reported as past due. The Company has chosen to utilize this part of the CARES Act as it relates to delinquencies and nonperforming loans and does not report these loans as past due.

12


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Note 1.Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Under Section 4013 of the CARES Act, modifications of loan terms do not automatically result in TDRs and the Company generally does not need to categorize the COVID-19 pandemic-related modifications as TDRs. The Company may elect not to categorize loan modifications as TDRs if they are (1) related to the COVID-19 pandemic; (2) executed on a loan that was not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019; and (3) executed between March 1, 2020, and the earlier of (A) 60 days after the date of termination of the National Emergency or (B) December 31, 2020. The termination date was extended by the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2021, to the earlier of 60 days after the date of termination of the National Emergency or January 1, 2022. For all other loan modifications, the federal banking agencies have confirmed with staff of the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") that short-term modifications made on a good faith basis in response to the COVID-19 pandemic to borrowers who were current prior to any relief, are not TDRs.

This includes short-term (e.g., six months) modifications such as payment deferrals, fee waivers, extensions of repayment terms, or other delays in payment that are insignificant. Borrowers considered current are those that are less than 30 days past due on their contractual payments at the time a modification program is implemented. Financial institutions accounting for eligible loans under Section 4013 are not required to apply ASC Subtopic 310-40 to the Section 4013 loans for the term of the loan modification. Financial institutions do not have to report Section 4013 loans as TDRs in regulatory reports, including this Form 10-Q. The Company has chosen to utilize this section of the CARES Act and does not report the COVID-19 pandemic related modifications as TDRs.

 

Under the CARES Act and related Interagency Statement, in regard to loans not otherwise reportable as past due, financial institutions are not expected to designate loans with deferrals granted due to the COVID-19 pandemic as past due because of the deferral. A loan's payment date is governed by the due date stipulated in the legal agreement. If a financial institution agrees to a payment deferral, this may result in no contractual payments being past due, and these loans are not considered past due during the period of the deferral. Each financial institution should refer to the applicable regulatory reporting instructions, as well as its internal accounting policies, to determine if loans to distressed borrowers should be reported as nonaccrual assets in regulatory reports. However, during the short-term arrangements, these loans generally should not be reported as nonaccrual. The Company has elected to follow this guidance of the CARES Act and reports loans that have been granted payment deferrals as current so long as they were current at the time the deferral was granted.

Transfers of Financial Assets: Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when all of the components meet the definition of a participating interest and when control over the assets has been surrendered. A participating interest generally represents (1) a proportionate (pro rata) ownership interest in an entire financial asset, (2) a relationship where from the date of transfer all cash flows received from the entire financial asset are divided proportionately among the participating interest holders in an amount equal to their share of ownership, (3) the priority of cash flows has certain characteristics, including no reduction in priority, subordination of interest, or recourse to the transferor other than standard representation or warranties, and (4) no party has the right to pledge or exchange the entire financial asset unless all participating interest holders agree to pledge or exchange the entire financial asset. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through either (a) an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity or (b) the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets, other than through a clean-up call.

Premises and Equipment: Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation.

Depreciation is computed and charged to operations using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows:

 

 

 

Years

Buildings

 

39

Building improvements

 

15 - 39

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

 

3 - 10

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the improvements’ estimated economic lives or the related lease terms, including extensions expected to be exercised. Gains and losses on dispositions are recognized upon realization. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred and improvements are capitalized. Leasehold improvements in process are not amortized until the assets are placed in operation.  

13


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Note 1.Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets: Long-lived assets, including premises and leasehold improvements, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If impairment is indicated by that review, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value through a charge to noninterest expense.

Other Real Estate Owned: Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) represents properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure or other proceedings. OREO is initially recorded at fair value, less estimated disposal costs, at the date of foreclosure, which establishes a new cost basis. After foreclosure, the properties are held for sale and are carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated costs of disposal. Any write-down to fair value, at the time of transfer to OREO, is charged to the allowance for loan losses.

Properties are evaluated regularly to ensure that the recorded amounts are supported by current fair values and charges against earnings are recorded as necessary to reduce the carrying amount to fair value, less estimated costs to dispose. Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property are capitalized, subject to the limit of fair value of the OREO, while costs relating to holding the property are expensed. Gains or losses are included in operations upon disposal.

Income Taxes: The Company recognizes income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income, or other applicable basis of taxation, in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the consolidated financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more likely than not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination.

Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits, if any, would be classified as additional provision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

Related Party Transactions: Directors and officers of the Company and their affiliates have been customers of and have had transactions with the Company, and it is expected that such persons will continue to have such transactions in the future. Management believes that all deposit accounts, loans, services and commitments comprising such transactions were made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other customers who are not directors or officers. In the opinion of management, the transactions with related parties did not involve more than normal risk of collectability, nor favored treatment or terms, nor present other unfavorable features. Note 16 contains details regarding related party transactions.

Employee Benefit Plans: The Company maintains a KSOP, an Employee Stock Ownership Plan with 401(k) provisions incorporated, a Long-Term Incentive Plan that includes grants of restricted stock units and stock options, and a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “SERP”).

KSOP, the Employee Stock Ownership Plan with 401(k) Provisions: Compensation expense is recorded as shares are committed to be released with a corresponding credit to unearned KSOP equity account at the average fair market value of the shares during the period and the shares become outstanding for earnings per share computations. Compensation expense is recognized ratably over the service period based upon management’s estimate of the number of shares expected to be allocated by the KSOP. The difference between the average fair market value and the cost of the shares allocated by the KSOP is recorded as an adjustment to additional paid-in-capital. Unallocated common shares held by the Company’s KSOP are shown as a reduction in stockholders’ equity and are excluded from weighted-average common shares outstanding for both basic and diluted earnings per share calculations until they are committed to be released. The 401(k) provisions provide for elective employee/participant deferrals of income. Discretionary matching, profit-sharing, and safe harbor contributions, not to exceed 4% of employee compensation and profit-sharing contributions may be provided.

14


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Note 1.Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Stock Options: The Company recognizes the value of shared-based payment transactions as compensation costs in the financial statements over the period that an employee provides service in exchange for the award. The fair value of the share-based payments for stock options is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur during the period.

Restricted Stock Units: The Company recognizes compensation cost related to restricted stock units based on the market price of the stock units at the grant date over the vesting period.  The product of the number of units granted and the grant date market price of the Company’s common stock determines the fair value of restricted stock units. The Company recognizes compensation expense for the fair value of the restricted stock units on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Comprehensive Income (Loss): Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss), which are both recognized as separate components of stockholder’s equity. Other comprehensive income (loss) includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale.

Loss Contingencies: Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there are any such matters that will have a material effect on the operations and financial position of the Company.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments: Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 13. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect these estimates.

Segment Reporting: The Company’s business is conducted through two business segments: Ponce Bank, which involves the delivery of loan and deposit products to customers, and Mortgage World, which consists of mortgage underwriting and selling such mortgages to investors. Accordingly, the financial service operations of the Company are considered by management to be reported in two operating segments as more fully disclosed in Note 17.

Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments: Financial instruments include off‑balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.  

Earnings (Loss) per Share (“EPS”): Basic EPS represents net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders divided by the basic weighted average common shares outstanding. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders by the basic weighted average common shares outstanding, plus the effect of potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding during the period. Basic weighted common shares outstanding is weighted average common shares outstanding less weighted average unallocated ESOP shares.

Treasury Stock: Shares repurchased under the Company’s share repurchase programs were purchased in open-market transactions and are held as treasury stock. The Company accounts for treasury stock under the cost method and includes treasury stock as a component of stockholders’ equity.

Reclassification of Prior Year Presentation: Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for consistency with the current year presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on the reporting results of operations and did not affect previously reported amounts in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements:

As an emerging growth company (“EGC”) as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, the Company has elected to use the extended transition period to delay the adoption of new or reissued accounting pronouncements applicable to public business entities until such pronouncements are made applicable to nonpublic business entities. As of September 30, 2021, there is no significant difference in the comparability of the consolidated financial statements as a result of this extended transition period.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).” This ASU requires all lessees to recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset, measured at the present value of the future minimum lease payments, at the lease commencement date. Lessor accounting remains largely unchanged under the new guidance. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period, for public business entities. As the Company is taking advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards assuming it remains an EGC, it will adopt the amendments in this update for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022.

15


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Note 1.Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The Company has begun its evaluation of the amended guidance including the potential impact on its consolidated financial statements. To date, the Company has identified its leased office spaces as within the scope of the guidance. The Company currently leases 13 branches and mortgage offices and the new guidance will result in the establishment of a right to use asset and corresponding lease obligations. The Company continues to evaluate the impact of the guidance, including determining whether other contracts exist that are deemed to be in scope and subsequent related accounting standard updates. The Company has established a project committee and has initiated training on ASU 2016-02. The Company is performing preliminary computations of its right to use asset and corresponding lease obligations for the operating leases of its 13 leased branches and mortgage offices. The Company is utilizing a new lease accounting tool to assist in the computations of its right to use asset and corresponding lease obligations for the operating leases.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” This ASU significantly changes how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that are not measured at fair value through net income. The standard is to replace today’s “incurred loss” approach with an “expected loss” model. The new model, referred to as the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model, is to apply to: (1) financial assets subject to credit losses and measured at amortized cost, and (2) certain off-balance sheet credit exposures. This includes, but is not limited to, loans, leases, held-to-maturity securities, loan commitments and financial guarantees. The CECL model does not apply to available-for-sale (“AFS”) debt securities. For AFS debt securities with unrealized losses, entities will measure credit losses in a manner similar to what they do today, except that the losses will be recognized as allowances rather than reductions in the amortized cost of the securities. As a result, entities will recognize improvements to estimated credit losses immediately in earnings rather than as interest income over time, as they do today. The ASU also reportedly simplifies the accounting model for purchased credit-impaired debt, securities and loans. ASU 2016-13 also expands the disclosure requirements regarding an entity’s assumptions, models and methods for estimating the allowance for loan and lease losses. In addition, entities will need to disclose the amortized cost balance for each class of financial asset by credit quality indicator, disaggregated by the year of origination. ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years, for public business entities, that are not deemed to be smaller reporting companies as defined by the SEC as of November 15, 2019. As the Company is taking advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards assuming it remains an EGC, it will adopt the amendments in this update for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Entities have to apply the standard’s provisions as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective (i.e., modified retrospective approach).

Although early adoption is permitted, the Company does not expect to elect that option. The Company has begun its evaluation of the amended guidance including the potential impact on its consolidated financial statements. As a result of the required change in approach toward determining estimated credit losses from the current “incurred loss” model to one based on estimated cash flows over a loan’s contractual life, adjusted for prepayments (a “life of loan” model), the Company expects that the new guidance will result in an increase in the allowance for loan losses, particularly for longer duration loan portfolios. The Company also expects that the new guidance may result in an allowance for available-for-sale debt securities. The Company has selected the CECL model and has begun running scenarios. In both cases, the extent of the change is indeterminable at this time as it will be dependent upon portfolio composition and credit quality at the adoption date, as well as economic conditions and forecasts at that time.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-08 “Receivables – Non-Refundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20):  Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities.” The ASU requires premiums on callable debt securities to be amortized to the earliest call date. The amendments do not require an accounting change for securities held at a discount; the discount continues to be amortized to maturity. ASU 2017-08 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 for public business entities.  Early adoption is permitted beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted the amendments in this update for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. ASU 2017-08 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, “Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement.” This ASU eliminates, adds and modifies certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. Among the changes, entities will no longer be required to disclose the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy but will be required to disclose the range and weighted average used to develop significant unobservable inputs for Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2018-13 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this standard, which had no material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

16


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Note 1.

Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12 “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.” The objective of this update is to simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles and improve consistent application and simplify other areas of Topic 740. The amendments in this update are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted this standard, which had no material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848). This ASU provides optional means and exceptions for applying GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships and other transactions that reference LIBOR or other reference rates expected to be discontinued because of the reference rate reform. The amendments in this ASU are effective for all entities as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. This update does not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Note 2.Business Acquisition

On July 10, 2020, the Company completed its acquisition of 100 percent of the shares of common stock of Mortgage World. The shareholders of Mortgage World received total consideration of $1.8 million in cash. The acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, and accordingly, assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. Mortgage World’s results of operations have been included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations since July 10, 2020.

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition were recorded at their estimated fair values based on management’s best estimates, using information available at the date of the acquisition. The fair values are preliminary estimates and subject to adjustment for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition. The Company did not recognize goodwill from the acquisition.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed of Mortgage World:

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(in

thousands)

 

Fair value of acquisition consideration

 

$

1,755

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

750

 

Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value

 

 

10,549

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

302

 

Other assets

 

 

772

 

Total assets

 

$

12,373

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

$

9,135

 

Mortgage loans funding payable

 

 

1,237

 

Other liabilities

 

 

246

 

Total Liabilities

 

$

10,618

 

Net assets

 

$

1,755

 

 

Note 3.

Restrictions on Cash and Due from Banks

The Bank was previously required to maintain reserve balances in cash or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank, based on a percentage of deposits. Effective March 26, 2020, the Federal Reserve Board eliminated reserve requirement for depository institutions to support lending to households and businesses.

Cash and cash equivalents include Mortgage World restricted cash which consists of escrows due to HUD for upfront mortgage insurance premiums and escrows on unsold mortgages that are held on behalf of borrowers and good faith deposits received from commercial loan customers relating to the closing of a commercial loan. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the total amount of restricted cash was $95,000 and $150,000, respectively, and these were reflected on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

17


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Note 4.

Available-for-Sale Securities

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of securities at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Gains

 

 

Losses

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Available-for-Sale Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government Bonds

 

$

2,980

 

 

$

3

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,983

 

Corporate Bonds

 

 

20,409

 

 

 

193

 

 

 

(60

)

 

 

20,542

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (1)

 

 

20,393

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(143

)

 

 

20,254

 

FNMA Certificates

 

 

61,201

 

 

 

 

 

 

(815

)

 

 

60,386

 

GNMA Certificates

 

 

186

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

193

 

Total available-for-sale securities

 

$

105,169

 

 

$

207

 

 

$

(1,018

)

 

$

104,358

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held-to-Maturity Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLMC Certificates

 

$

1,437

 

 

$

 

 

$

(39

)

 

$

1,398

 

Total held-to-maturity securities

 

$

1,437

 

 

$

 

 

$

(39

)

 

$

1,398

 

 

 

(1)

Comprised of Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and Ginnie Mae (“GNMA”) issued securities.

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Gains

 

 

Losses

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Available-for-Sale Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Bonds

 

$

10,381

 

 

$

95

 

 

$

(13

)

 

$

10,463

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLMC Certificates

 

 

3,201

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

3,196

 

FNMA Certificates

 

 

3,506

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,567

 

GNMA Certificates

 

 

263

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

272

 

Total available-for-sale securities

 

$

17,351

 

 

$

165

 

 

$

(18

)

 

$

17,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held-to-Maturity Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLMC Certificates

 

$

1,743

 

 

$

 

 

$

(21

)

 

$

1,722

 

Total held-to-maturity securities

 

$

1,743

 

 

$

 

 

$

(21

)

 

$

1,722

 

 

 

There was one security classified as held-to-maturity as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. There were two available-for-sale security in the amount of $3.6 million and no held-to-maturity securities sold during the nine months ended September 30, 2021. There were no available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity securities sold during the year ended December 31, 2020. No securities matured and/or were called during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and $17.8 million securities matured and/or were called during the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company purchased $94.2 million in available-for-sale securities during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and $13.6 million in available-for-sale securities and $1.7 million in held-to-maturity securities during the year ended December 31, 2020.

18


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Note 4.Available-for-Sale Securities (Continued)

The following table presents the Company's gross unrealized losses and fair values of its securities, aggregated by the length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020:

 

 

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

 

Securities With Gross Unrealized Losses

 

 

 

Less Than 12 Months

 

 

12 Months or More

 

 

Total

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

Fair

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

Fair

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

 

Losses

 

 

Value

 

 

Losses

 

 

Value

 

 

Losses

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Available-for-Sale Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Bonds

 

$

11,939

 

 

$

(60

)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

11,939

 

 

$

(60

)

Mortgage-Backed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations

 

 

15,536

 

 

 

(143

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,536

 

 

 

(143

)

FNMA Certificates

 

 

60,293

 

 

 

(815

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60,293

 

 

 

(815

)

Total available-for-sale securities

 

$

87,768

 

 

$

(1,018

)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

87,768

 

 

$

(1,018

)

Held-to-Maturity Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLMC Certificates

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,398

 

 

$

(39

)

 

$

1,398

 

 

$

(39

)

Total held-to-maturity securities

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,398

 

 

$

(39

)

 

$

1,398

 

 

$

(39

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Securities With Gross Unrealized Losses

 

 

 

Less Than 12 Months

 

 

12 Months or More

 

 

Total

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

Fair

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

Fair

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

 

Losses

 

 

Value

 

 

Losses

 

 

Value

 

 

Losses

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Available-for-Sale Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Bonds

 

$

1,717

 

 

$

(13

)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,717

 

 

$

(13

)

Mortgage-Backed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLMC Certificates

 

 

3,196

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,196

 

 

 

(5

)

Total available-for-sale securities

 

$

4,913

 

 

$

(18

)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

4,913

 

 

$

(18

)

Held-to-Maturity Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLMC Certificates

 

$

1,722

 

 

$

(21

)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,722

 

 

$

(21

)

Total held-to-maturity securities

 

$

1,722

 

 

$

(21

)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,722

 

 

$

(21

)

 

The Company’s investment portfolio had 26 and 8 available-for-sale securities at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, and one held-to-maturity security at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. At September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had 17 and 3 available-for-sale securities, respectively, and one held-to-maturity security at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 with gross unrealized loss positions. Management reviewed the financial condition of the entities underlying the securities at both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and determined that they are not other than temporarily impaired because the unrealized losses in those securities relate to market interest rate changes. The Company has the ability to hold them and does not have the intent to sell these securities, and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these securities, before recovery of the cost basis. In addition, management also considers the issuers of the securities to be financially sound and believes the Company will receive all contractual principal and interest related to these investments.

19


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Note 4.Available-for-Sale Securities (Continued)

The following is a summary of maturities of securities at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Amounts are shown by contractual maturity. Because borrowers for mortgage-backed securities have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties, at any time, these securities are included as a total within the table.

 

 

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

 

Amortized

 

 

Fair

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Value

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Available-for-Sale Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government Bonds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts maturing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months or less

 

$

 

 

$

 

After three months through one year

 

 

 

 

 

 

After one year through five years

 

 

2,980

 

 

 

2,983

 

More than five years through ten years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,980

 

 

 

2,983

 

Corporate Bonds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts maturing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months or less

 

$

 

 

$

 

After three months through one year

 

 

 

 

 

 

After one year through five years

 

 

7,110

 

 

 

7,105

 

More than five years through ten years

 

 

13,299

 

 

 

13,437

 

 

 

 

20,409

 

 

 

20,542

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

 

81,780

 

 

 

80,833

 

Total available-for-sale securities

 

$

105,169

 

 

$

104,358

 

Held-to-Maturity Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLMC Certificates

 

$

1,437

 

 

$

1,398

 

Total held-to-maturity securities

 

$

1,437

 

 

$

1,398

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Amortized

 

 

Fair

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Value

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Available-for-Sale Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Bonds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts maturing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months or less

 

$

 

 

$

 

After three months through one year

 

 

 

 

 

 

After one year through five years

 

 

2,651

 

 

 

2,728

 

More than five years through ten years

 

 

7,730

 

 

 

7,735

 

 

 

 

10,381

 

 

 

10,463

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

 

6,970

 

 

 

7,035

 

Total available-for-sale securities

 

$

17,351

 

 

$

17,498

 

Held-to-Maturity Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLMC Certificates

 

$

1,743

 

 

$

1,722

 

Total held-to-maturity securities

 

$

1,743

 

 

$

1,722

 

 

There were no securities pledged at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

The held-to-maturity securities held at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 will mature on October 1, 2050.

 

20


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 5.

Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses

Loans receivable at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-Owned

 

$

319,346

 

 

$

319,596

 

Owner-Occupied

 

 

97,493

 

 

 

98,795

 

Multifamily residential

 

 

317,575

 

 

 

307,411

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

211,075

 

 

 

218,929

 

Construction and land

 

 

133,130

 

 

 

105,858

 

Total mortgage loans

 

 

1,078,619

 

 

 

1,050,589

 

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business loans (1)

 

 

207,859

 

 

 

94,947

 

Consumer loans (2)

 

 

36,095

 

 

 

26,517

 

Total non-mortgage loans

 

 

243,954

 

 

 

121,464

 

Total loans, gross

 

 

1,322,573

 

 

 

1,172,053

 

Net deferred loan origination costs

 

 

(4,327

)

 

 

1,457

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

(16,008

)

 

 

(14,870

)

Loans receivable, net

 

$

1,302,238

 

 

$

1,158,640

 

 

 

(1)

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, business loans include $195.9 million and $85.3 million, respectively, of U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”) Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) loans.

 

(2)

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, consumer loans include $35.5 million and $25.5 million, respectively, related to Grain Technologies, LLC (“Grain”). Grain is a mobile application geared to the underbanked and new generations entering the financial services market that uses non-traditional underwriting methodologies.

The Company’s lending activities are conducted principally in metropolitan New York City. The Company primarily grants loans secured by real estate to individuals and businesses pursuant to an established credit policy applicable to each type of lending activity in which it engages. Although collateral provides assurance as a secondary source of repayment, the Company ordinarily requires the primary source of repayment to be based on the borrowers’ ability to generate continuing cash flows. The Company also evaluates the collateral and creditworthiness of each customer. The credit policy provides that depending on the borrowers’ creditworthiness and type of collateral, credit may be extended up to predetermined percentages of the market value of the collateral or on an unsecured basis. Real estate is the primary form of collateral. Other important forms of collateral are time deposits and marketable securities.

For disclosures related to the allowance for loan losses and credit quality, the Company does not have any disaggregated classes of loans below the segment level.

Credit-Quality Indicators: Internally assigned risk ratings are used as credit-quality indicators, which are reviewed by management on a quarterly basis.

The objectives of the Company’s risk-rating system are to provide the Board of Directors and senior management with an objective assessment of the overall quality of the loan portfolio, to promptly and accurately identify loans with well-defined credit weaknesses so that timely action can be taken to minimize credit loss, to identify relevant trends affecting the collectability of the loan portfolio, to isolate potential problem areas and to provide essential information for determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

 

21


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 5.

Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

Below are the definitions of the internally assigned risk ratings:

 

Strong Pass – Loans to a new or existing borrower collateralized at least 90 percent by an unimpaired deposit account at the Company.  

 

Good Pass – Loans to a new or existing borrower in a well-established enterprise in excellent financial condition with strong liquidity and a history of consistently high level of earnings, cash flow and debt service capacity.  

 

Satisfactory Pass – Loans to a new or existing borrower of average strength with acceptable financial condition, satisfactory record of earnings and sufficient historical and projected cash flow to service the debt.

 

Performance Pass – Existing loans that evidence strong payment history but document less than average strength, financial condition, record of earnings, or projected cash flows with which to service the debt.  

 

Special Mention – Loans in this category are currently protected but show one or more potential weaknesses and risks which may inadequately protect collectability or borrower’s ability to meet repayment terms at some future date if the weakness or weaknesses are not monitored or remediated.  

 

Substandard – Loans that are inadequately protected by the repayment capacity of the borrower or the current sound net worth of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans in this category have well defined weaknesses and risks that jeopardize the repayment. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that some loss may be sustained if the deficiencies are not remediated.  

 

Doubtful – Loans that have all the weaknesses of loans classified as “Substandard” with the added characteristics that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of current existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

Loans within the top four categories above are considered pass rated, as commonly defined. Risk ratings are assigned as necessary to differentiate risk within the portfolio. Risk ratings are reviewed on an ongoing basis and revised to reflect changes in the borrowers’ financial condition and outlook, debt service coverage capability, repayment performance, collateral value and coverage as well as other considerations.

 

The following tables present credit risk ratings by loan segment as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020:

 

 

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

 

Mortgage Loans

 

 

Nonmortgage Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

 

Multifamily

 

 

Nonresidential

 

 

and Land

 

 

Business

 

 

Consumer

 

 

Loans

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Risk Rating:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

$

407,746

 

 

$

305,790

 

 

$

208,728

 

 

$

125,558

 

 

$

207,859

 

 

$

36,095

 

 

$

1,291,776

 

Special mention

 

 

504

 

 

 

5,356

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,510

 

Substandard

 

 

8,589

 

 

 

6,429

 

 

 

2,347

 

 

 

922

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,287

 

Total

 

$

416,839

 

 

$

317,575

 

 

$

211,075

 

 

$

133,130

 

 

$

207,859

 

 

$

36,095

 

 

$

1,322,573

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Mortgage Loans

 

 

Nonmortgage Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

 

Multifamily

 

 

Nonresidential

 

 

and Land

 

 

Business

 

 

Consumer

 

 

Loans

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Risk Rating:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

$

406,993

 

 

$

301,015

 

 

$

213,882

 

 

$

88,645

 

 

$

94,947

 

 

$

26,517

 

 

$

1,131,999

 

Special mention

 

 

2,333

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,213

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,546

 

Substandard

 

 

9,065

 

 

 

6,396

 

 

 

5,047

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,508

 

Total

 

$

418,391

 

 

$

307,411

 

 

$

218,929

 

 

$

105,858

 

 

$

94,947

 

 

$

26,517

 

 

$

1,172,053

 

 

22


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 5.Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

An aging analysis of loans, as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, is as follows:

 

 

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59

 

 

60-89

 

 

90 Days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90 Days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Days

 

 

Days

 

 

or More

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

or More

 

 

 

Current

 

 

Past Due

 

 

Past Due

 

 

Past Due

 

 

Total

 

 

Loans

 

 

Accruing

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-Owned

 

$

317,668

 

 

$

 

 

$

708

 

 

$

970

 

 

$

319,346

 

 

$

1,907

 

 

$

 

Owner-Occupied

 

 

95,585

 

 

 

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

1,749

 

 

 

97,493

 

 

 

3,290

 

 

 

 

Multifamily residential

 

 

314,998

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,577

 

 

 

317,575

 

 

 

2,577

 

 

 

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

211,075

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

211,075

 

 

 

1,489

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

 

133,130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

133,130

 

 

 

922

 

 

 

 

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

207,729

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

207,859

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

32,829

 

 

 

1,805

 

 

 

1,461

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,095

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1,313,014

 

 

$

1,935

 

 

$

2,328

 

 

$

5,296

 

 

$

1,322,573

 

 

$

10,185

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59

 

 

60-89

 

 

90 Days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90 Days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Days

 

 

Days

 

 

or More

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

or More

 

 

 

Current

 

 

Past Due

 

 

Past Due

 

 

Past Due

 

 

Total

 

 

Loans

 

 

Accruing

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-Owned

 

$

313,960

 

 

$

2,222

 

 

$

1,507

 

 

$

1,907

 

 

$

319,596

 

 

$

3,058

 

 

$

 

Owner-Occupied

 

 

95,775

 

 

 

1,572

 

 

 

348

 

 

 

1,100

 

 

 

98,795

 

 

 

3,250

 

 

 

 

Multifamily residential

 

 

305,325

 

 

 

1,140

 

 

 

 

 

 

946

 

 

 

307,411

 

 

 

946

 

 

 

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

215,657

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,272

 

 

 

218,929

 

 

 

4,429

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

 

105,858

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

105,858

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

94,847

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

94,947

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

25,529

 

 

 

497

 

 

 

316

 

 

 

175

 

 

 

26,517

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1,156,951

 

 

$

5,531

 

 

$

2,171

 

 

$

7,400

 

 

$

1,172,053

 

 

$

11,683

 

 

$

 

 

23


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 5.

Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

The following schedules detail the composition of the allowance for loan losses and the related recorded investment in loans as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020:

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021

 

 

 

Mortgage Loans

 

 

Nonmortgage

Loans

 

 

Total

 

 

 

1-4

Family

Investor

Owned

 

 

1-4

Family

Owner

Occupied

 

 

Multifamily

 

 

Nonresidential

 

 

Construction

and Land

 

 

Business

 

 

Consumer

 

 

For the

Period

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

3,850

 

 

$

1,260

 

 

$

5,214

 

 

$

2,194

 

 

$

1,820

 

 

$

254

 

 

$

278

 

 

$

14,870

 

Provision charged to expense

 

 

(81

)

 

 

(46

)

 

 

67

 

 

 

(124

)

 

 

240

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

1,774

 

 

 

1,844

 

Losses charged-off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(782

)

 

 

(782

)

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

76

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

3,769

 

 

$

1,214

 

 

$

5,281

 

 

$

2,070

 

 

$

2,060

 

 

$

275

 

 

$

1,339

 

 

$

16,008

 

Ending balance: individually

   evaluated for impairment

 

$

98

 

 

$

116

 

 

$

 

 

$

39

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

253

 

Ending balance: collectively

   evaluated for impairment

 

 

3,671

 

 

 

1,098

 

 

 

5,281

 

 

 

2,031

 

 

 

2,060

 

 

 

275

 

 

 

1,339

 

 

 

15,755

 

Total

 

$

3,769

 

 

$

1,214

 

 

$

5,281

 

 

$

2,070

 

 

$

2,060

 

 

$

275

 

 

$

1,339

 

 

$

16,008

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually

   evaluated for impairment

 

$

5,028

 

 

$

5,687

 

 

$

2,577

 

 

$

2,228

 

 

$

922

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

16,442

 

Ending balance: collectively

   evaluated for impairment

 

 

314,318

 

 

 

91,806

 

 

 

314,998

 

 

 

208,847

 

 

 

132,208

 

 

 

207,859

 

 

 

36,095

 

 

 

1,306,131

 

Total

 

$

319,346

 

 

$

97,493

 

 

$

317,575

 

 

$

211,075

 

 

$

133,130

 

 

$

207,859

 

 

$

36,095

 

 

$

1,322,573

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2021

 

 

 

Mortgage Loans

 

 

Nonmortgage Loans

 

 

Total

 

 

 

1-4

Family

Investor

Owned

 

 

1-4

Family

Owner

Occupied

 

 

Multifamily

 

 

Nonresidential

 

 

Construction and Land

 

 

Business

 

 

Consumer

 

 

For the

Period

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

3,835

 

 

$

1,209

 

 

$

5,393

 

 

$

2,099

 

 

$

1,956

 

 

$

347

 

 

$

1,036

 

 

$

15,875

 

Provision charged to expense

 

 

(66

)

 

 

5

 

 

 

(112

)

 

 

(29

)

 

 

104

 

 

 

(74

)

 

 

744

 

 

 

572

 

Losses charged-off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(510

)

 

 

(510

)

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

71

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

3,769

 

 

$

1,214

 

 

$

5,281

 

 

$

2,070

 

 

$

2,060

 

 

$

275

 

 

$

1,339

 

 

$

16,008

 

 

24


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 5.Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020

 

 

 

Mortgage Loans

 

 

Nonmortgage Loans

 

 

Total

 

 

 

1-4

Family

Investor

Owned

 

 

1-4

Family

Owner

Occupied

 

 

Multifamily

 

 

Nonresidential

 

 

Construction

and Land

 

 

Business

 

 

Consumer

 

 

For the

Period

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

3,503

 

 

$

1,067

 

 

$

3,865

 

 

$

1,849

 

 

$

1,782

 

 

$

254

 

 

$

9

 

 

$

12,329

 

Provision charged to expense

 

 

353

 

 

 

134

 

 

 

1,024

 

 

 

330

 

 

 

(63

)

 

 

182

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

2,037

 

Losses charged-off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(6

)

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

3,856

 

 

$

1,201

 

 

$

4,889

 

 

$

2,183

 

 

$

1,719

 

 

$

453

 

 

$

80

 

 

$

14,381

 

Ending balance: individually

   evaluated for impairment

 

$

121

 

 

$

137

 

 

$

 

 

$

37

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

295

 

Ending balance: collectively

   evaluated for impairment

 

 

3,735

 

 

 

1,064

 

 

 

4,889

 

 

 

2,146

 

 

 

1,719

 

 

 

453

 

 

 

80

 

 

 

14,086

 

Total

 

$

3,856

 

 

$

1,201

 

 

$

4,889

 

 

$

2,183

 

 

$

1,719

 

 

$

453

 

 

$

80

 

 

$

14,381

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually

   evaluated for impairment

 

$

6,412

 

 

$

5,442

 

 

$

210

 

 

$

5,245

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

17,309

 

Ending balance: collectively

   evaluated for impairment

 

 

314,026

 

 

 

87,898

 

 

 

284,565

 

 

 

212,526

 

 

 

99,721

 

 

 

96,700

 

 

 

9,806

 

 

 

1,105,242

 

Total

 

$

320,438

 

 

$

93,340

 

 

$

284,775

 

 

$

217,771

 

 

$

99,721

 

 

$

96,700

 

 

$

9,806

 

 

$

1,122,551

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2020

 

 

 

Mortgage Loans

 

 

Nonmortgage Loans

 

 

Total

 

 

 

1-4

Family

Investor

Owned

 

 

1-4

Family

Owner

Occupied

 

 

Multifamily

 

 

Nonresidential

 

 

Construction

and Land

 

 

Business

 

 

Consumer

 

 

For the

Period

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

3,857

 

 

$

1,194

 

 

$

4,741

 

 

$

2,085

 

 

$

1,670

 

 

$

204

 

 

$

10

 

 

$

13,761

 

Provision charged to expense

 

 

(1

)

 

 

7

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

98

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

245

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

620

 

Losses charged-off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(4

)

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

3,856

 

 

$

1,201

 

 

$

4,889

 

 

$

2,183

 

 

$

1,719

 

 

$

453

 

 

$

80

 

 

$

14,381

 

 

 

25


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 5.Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Mortgage Loans

 

 

Nonmortgage Loans

 

 

Total

 

 

 

1-4

Family

Investor

Owned

 

 

1-4

Family

Owner

Occupied

 

 

Multifamily

 

 

Nonresidential

 

 

Construction

and Land

 

 

Business

 

 

Consumer

 

 

For the

Period

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

3,503

 

 

$

1,067

 

 

$

3,865

 

 

$

1,849

 

 

$

1,782

 

 

$

254

 

 

$

9

 

 

$

12,329

 

Provision charged to expense

 

 

347

 

 

 

193

 

 

 

1,349

 

 

 

341

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

(95

)

 

 

270

 

 

 

2,443

 

Losses charged-off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(6

)

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

104

 

Balance, end of year

 

$

3,850

 

 

$

1,260

 

 

$

5,214

 

 

$

2,194

 

 

$

1,820

 

 

$

254

 

 

$

278

 

 

$

14,870

 

Ending balance: individually

   evaluated for impairment

 

$

118

 

 

$

134

 

 

$

 

 

$

40

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

292

 

Ending balance: collectively

   evaluated for impairment

 

 

3,732

 

 

 

1,126

 

 

 

5,214

 

 

 

2,154

 

 

 

1,820

 

 

 

254

 

 

 

278

 

 

 

14,578

 

Total

 

$

3,850

 

 

$

1,260

 

 

$

5,214

 

 

$

2,194

 

 

$

1,820

 

 

$

254

 

 

$

278

 

 

$

14,870

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually

   evaluated for impairment

 

$

7,468

 

 

$

5,754

 

 

$

946

 

 

$

5,184

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

19,352

 

Ending balance: collectively

   evaluated for impairment

 

 

312,128

 

 

 

93,041

 

 

 

306,465

 

 

 

213,745

 

 

 

105,858

 

 

 

94,947

 

 

 

26,517

 

 

 

1,152,701

 

Total

 

$

319,596

 

 

$

98,795

 

 

$

307,411

 

 

$

218,929

 

 

$

105,858

 

 

$

94,947

 

 

$

26,517

 

 

$

1,172,053

 

 

Loans are considered impaired when current information and events indicate all amounts due may not be collectable according to the contractual terms of the related loan agreements. Impaired loans, including troubled debt restructurings, are identified by applying normal loan review procedures in accordance with the allowance for loan losses methodology. Management periodically assesses loans to determine whether impairment exists. Any loan that is, or will potentially be, no longer performing in accordance with the terms of the original loan contract is evaluated to determine impairment.

26


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Note 5.Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

The following information relates to impaired loans as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020:

 

 

 

Unpaid

Contractual

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Interest Income

 

 

 

Principal

 

 

With No

 

 

With

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Related

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Recognized

 

As of and For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021

 

Balance

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Investment

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Investment

 

 

on a Cash Basis

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family residential

 

$

11,107

 

 

$

8,701

 

 

$

2,014

 

 

$

10,715

 

 

$

214

 

 

$

12,166

 

 

$

189

 

Multifamily residential

 

 

2,555

 

 

 

2,577

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,577

 

 

 

 

 

 

939

 

 

 

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

2,716

 

 

 

1,866

 

 

 

362

 

 

 

2,228

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

4,404

 

 

 

38

 

Construction and land

 

 

922

 

 

 

922

 

 

 

 

 

 

922

 

 

 

 

 

 

154

 

 

 

 

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

17,300

 

 

$

14,066

 

 

$

2,376

 

 

$

16,442

 

 

$

253

 

 

$

17,687

 

 

$

227

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

Contractual

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Interest Income

 

 

 

Principal

 

 

With No

 

 

With

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Related

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Recognized

 

As of and For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020

 

Balance

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Investment

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Investment

 

 

on a Cash Basis

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family residential

 

$

12,715

 

 

$

9,688

 

 

$

2,166

 

 

$

11,854

 

 

$

257

 

 

$

12,190

 

 

$

146

 

Multifamily residential

 

 

207

 

 

 

210

 

 

 

 

 

 

210

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

5,639

 

 

 

4,873

 

 

 

372

 

 

 

5,245

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

5,369

 

 

 

54

 

Construction and land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

751

 

 

 

 

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

18,561

 

 

$

14,771

 

 

$

2,538

 

 

$

17,309

 

 

$

295

 

 

$

18,371

 

 

$

200

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

Contractual

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Interest Income

 

 

 

Principal

 

 

With No

 

 

With

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Related

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Recognized

 

As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2020

 

Balance

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Investment

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Investment

 

 

on a Cash Basis

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

1-4 Family residential

 

$

14,118

 

 

$

10,613

 

 

$

2,609

 

 

$

13,222

 

 

$

252

 

 

$

12,306

 

 

$

321

 

Multifamily residential

 

 

946

 

 

 

946

 

 

 

 

 

 

946

 

 

 

 

 

 

231

 

 

 

34

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

5,632

 

 

 

4,813

 

 

 

371

 

 

 

5,184

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

5,339

 

 

 

33

 

Construction and land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

405

 

 

 

 

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

20,696

 

 

$

16,372

 

 

$

2,980

 

 

$

19,352

 

 

$

292

 

 

$

18,289

 

 

$

388

 

 

27


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 5.

Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

The loan portfolio also includes certain loans that have been modified to troubled debt restructurings. Under applicable standards, loans are modified to troubled debt restructurings when a creditor, for economic or legal reasons related to a debtor’s financial condition, grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider, unless it results in a delay in payment that is insignificant. These concessions could include a reduction of interest rate on the loan, payment and maturity extensions, forbearance, or other actions intended to maximize collections. When a loan is modified to a troubled debt restructuring, management evaluates for any possible impairment using either the discounted cash flows method, where the value of the modified loan is based on the present value of expected cash flows, discounted at the contractual interest rate of the original loan agreement, or by using the fair value of the collateral less selling costs if repayment under the modified terms becomes doubtful. If management determines that the value of the modified loan in a troubled debt restructuring is less than the recorded investment in the loan, impairment is recognized through a specific allowance estimate or charge-off against the allowance for loan losses.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2021, and for the year ended December 31, 2020, there were no loans restructured as a troubled debt restructuring.

 

At September 30, 2021, there were 30 troubled debt restructured loans totaling $8.8 million of which $6.3 million are on accrual status. At December 31, 2020, there were 32 troubled debt restructured loans totaling $9.7 million of which $6.6 million are on accrual status. There were no commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers whose loans have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring. The financial impact from the concessions made represents specific impairment reserves on these loans, which aggregated to $253,000 and $292,000 at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

Loan modifications and payment deferrals as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic that meet the criteria established under Section 4013 of the CARES Act or under applicable interagency guidance of the federal banking regulators are excluded from evaluation of TDR classification and will continue to be reported as current during the payment deferral period. The Company’s policy is to continue to accrue interest during the deferral period. Loans that do not meet the CARES Act or regulatory guidance criteria are evaluated for TDR and non-accrual treatment under the Company’s existing policies and procedures.

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale at Fair Value

At September 30, 2021 and at December 31, 2020, 25 loans and 70 loans related to Mortgage World in the amount of $13.9 million and $34.4 million, respectively, were held for sale and accounted for under the fair value option accounting guidance for financial assets and financial liabilities. At December 31, 2020, there was one loan in the amount of $1.0 million held for sale related to the Bank. Refer to Note 13 Fair Value for additional information.

 


28


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 6.Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Land

 

$

3,283

 

 

$

3,897

 

Buildings and improvements

 

 

18,029

 

 

 

17,119

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

26,476

 

 

 

26,104

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

 

9,361

 

 

 

9,184

 

 

 

 

57,149

 

 

 

56,304

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(23,068

)

 

 

(24,259

)

Total premises and equipment

 

$

34,081

 

 

$

32,045

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense amounted to $646,000 and $652,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $1.9 million for both the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, and are included in occupancy and equipment in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Compared to December 31, 2020, buildings and improvements increased by $910,000 million to $18.0 million as a result of $3.2 million related to a new building, offset by $2.3 million due to the sale of real property and other disposals. Leasehold improvements increased by $372,000 to $26.5 million due to $2.6 million primarily as a result of renovations of premises, offset by $2.2 million as a due to the sale of real property. Furniture, fixtures and equipment increased by $177,000 to $9.4 million primarily as a result of renovations of premises. Land decreased by $614,000 to $3.3 million as a result of sale of real property.

 

Note 7.

Deposits

 

Deposits at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Demand (1)

 

$

297,777

 

 

$

189,855

 

Interest-bearing deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW/IOLA accounts

 

 

28,025

 

 

 

39,296

 

Money market accounts

 

 

199,758

 

 

 

136,258

 

Reciprocal deposits

 

 

147,226

 

 

 

131,363

 

Savings accounts

 

 

142,851

 

 

 

125,820

 

Total NOW, money market, reciprocal and savings

 

 

517,860

 

 

 

432,737

 

Certificates of deposit of $250K or more

 

 

70,996

 

 

 

78,435

 

Brokered certificates of deposits (2)

 

 

83,505

 

 

 

52,678

 

Listing service deposits (2)

 

 

66,340

 

 

 

39,476

 

Certificates of deposit less than $250K

 

 

212,783

 

 

 

236,398

 

Total certificates of deposit

 

 

433,624

 

 

 

406,987

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

 

951,484

 

 

 

839,724

 

Total deposits

 

$

1,249,261

 

 

$

1,029,579

 

 

(1)

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, included in demand deposits are deposits related to net PPP funding.

 

(2)

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were $28.9 million and $27.0 million, respectively, in individual listing service deposits amounting to $250,000 or more. All brokered certificates of deposit individually amounted to less than $250,000.

 

29


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

 

Note 7.Deposits (Continued)

 

At September 30, 2021 scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit were as follows:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2022

 

$

251,016

 

2023

 

 

52,385

 

2024

 

 

28,895

 

2025

 

 

41,128

 

2026

 

 

56,200

 

Thereafter

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

$

433,624

 

 

 

Overdrawn deposit accounts that have been reclassified to loans amounted to $121,000 and $102,000 as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

Note 8.

Borrowings

FHLBNY Advances: As a member of the FHLBNY, the Bank has the ability to borrow from the FHLBNY based on a certain percentage of the value of the Bank's qualified collateral, as defined in the FHLBNY Statement of Credit Policy, at the time of the borrowing. In accordance with an agreement with the FHLBNY, the qualified collateral must be free and clear of liens, pledges and encumbrances.

The Bank had $106.3 million and $109.3 million of outstanding term advances from the FHLBNY at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The Bank repaid $11.0 million in advances from FHLBNY during the nine months ended September 30, 2021. Additionally, the Bank had an unsecured line of credit in the amount of $25.0 million with a correspondent bank at both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, none of which was outstanding as of such dates. The Bank also had a guarantee from the FHLBNY through letters of credit of up to $31.5 million and $61.5 million at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.       

Borrowed funds at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 consist of the following and are summarized by maturity and call date below:

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Scheduled

Maturity

 

 

Redeemable

at Call Date

 

 

Weighted

Average

Rate

 

 

Scheduled

Maturity

 

 

Redeemable

at Call Date

 

 

Weighted

Average

Rate

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

FHLBNY Overnight line of credit

   advance

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

%

 

$

8,000

 

 

$

8,000

 

 

 

0.34

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLBNY Term advances ending:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

1.84

 

2022

 

77,880

 

 

 

77,880

 

 

 

1.73

 

 

 

77,880

 

 

 

77,880

 

 

 

1.73

 

2023

 

28,375

 

 

 

28,375

 

 

 

2.82

 

 

 

28,375

 

 

 

28,375

 

 

 

2.82

 

 

$

106,255

 

 

$

106,255

 

 

 

2.02

 

 

$

117,255

 

 

$

117,255

 

 

 

1.90

%

 

 

Interest expense on FHLBNY term advances totaled $549,000 and $612,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, and $1.6 million and $1.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. There were no interest expense on FHLBNY overnight advances for the three months ended September 30, 2021, and $43,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2020, respectively. There were no interest expense on FHLBNY overnight advances for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and $51,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively.    

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Bank had eligible collateral of approximately $356.7 million and $336.8 million, respectively, in residential 1-4 family and multifamily mortgage loans available to secure advances from the FHLBNY.         

30


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Note 8.Borrowings (Continued)

Warehouse Lines of Credit:  Mortgage World maintains two warehouse lines of credit with financial institutions for the purpose of funding the originations and sale of residential mortgages. The lines of credit are repaid with proceeds from the sale of the mortgage loans. The lines are secured by the assets collaterizing underlying mortgages. The agreements with the warehouse lenders provide for certain restrictive covenants such as minimum net worth and liquidity ratios for Mortgage World. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, Mortgage World was in full compliance with all financial covenants.

Warehouse Line of Credit #1

The interest rate is based on the 30-day LIBOR rate plus 3.25%. The effective rate at September 30, 2021 was 3.38% and the effective rate as of December 31, 2020 was 3.39%. The line of credit is an evergreen agreement that terminates upon request by either the financial institution or Mortgage World.

Warehouse Line of Credit #2

The interest rate is based on the 30-day LIBOR rate plus 3.00% for loans funded. The effective rate at September 30, 2021 was 3.13% and the effective rate as of December 31, 2020 was 3.14%. The warehouse line of credit was renewed for a period of one year and will expire on June 30, 2022.

Total interest expense on warehouse lines of credit totaled $72,000 and $284,000 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021, respectively. Total interest expense on warehouse lines of credit totaled $43,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2020.

 

 

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

 

Credit Line

 

 

Unused Line

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum

 

 

of Credit

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Warehouse Line of Credit #1

 

$

15,000

 

 

$

8,062

 

 

$

6,938

 

Warehouse Line of Credit #2

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

677

 

 

 

4,323

 

Total long-term debt

 

$

20,000

 

 

$

8,739

 

 

$

11,261

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Credit Line

 

 

Unused Line

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum

 

 

of Credit

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Warehouse Line of Credit #1

 

$

29,900

 

 

$

2,171

 

 

$

27,729

 

Warehouse Line of Credit #2

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

2,768

 

 

 

2,232

 

Total

 

$

34,900

 

 

$

4,939

 

 

$

29,961

 

 

Mortgage Loan Funding Payable:  Mortgage loan funding payable consists of liabilities to borrowers in connection with the origination of residential loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market, that remain unfunded by the Company because there is typically a three day period from when the loans close to when they are funded by the warehouse line of credit. This liability is presented at cost and fully offsets the principal balance of the related loans included in mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value on the consolidated statement of financial condition. At September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the balance of mortgage loan funding payable was $1.1 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

31


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Note 9.

Income Taxes

 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 consists of the following:

 

  

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Federal:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

322

 

 

$

359

 

 

$

3,378

 

 

$

636

 

Deferred

 

 

455

 

 

 

489

 

 

 

(478

)

 

 

120

 

 

 

 

777

 

 

 

848

 

 

 

2,900

 

 

 

756

 

State and local:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

179

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

570

 

 

 

179

 

Deferred

 

 

(1,275

)

 

 

1,074

 

 

 

(574

)

 

 

(182

)

 

 

 

(1,096

)

 

 

1,139

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(3

)

Valuation allowance

 

 

1,637

 

 

 

(840

)

 

 

1,068

 

 

 

145

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

$

1,318

 

 

$

1,147

 

 

$

3,964

 

 

$

898

 

 

Total income tax expense differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 21% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, to income before income taxes as a result of the following:

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Income tax, at federal rate

 

$

708

 

 

$

1,082

 

 

$

3,024

 

 

$

655

 

State and local tax, net of federal taxes

 

 

(1,501

)

 

 

899

 

 

 

(638

)

 

 

(3

)

Valuation allowance, net of the federal benefit

 

 

1,637

 

 

 

(840

)

 

 

1,068

 

 

 

145

 

Other

 

 

474

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

510

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

$

1,318

 

 

$

1,147

 

 

$

3,964

 

 

$

898

 

 

Management maintains a valuation allowance against its net New York State and New York City deferred tax assets as it is unlikely these deferred tax assets will be utilized to reduce the Company's tax liability in future years. The valuation allowance increased by $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and by $145,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.  


32


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 9.Income Taxes (Continued)

Management has determined that it is not required to establish a valuation allowance against any other deferred tax assets since it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be fully utilized in future periods. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, management considers the scheduled reversal of the deferred tax liabilities, the level of historical taxable income, and the projected future taxable income over the periods that the temporary differences comprising the deferred tax assets will be deductible.

For federal income tax purposes, a financial institution may carry net operating losses (“NOLs”) to forward tax years indefinitely. The use of NOLs to offset income is limited to 80%. The CARES Act allows NOLs generated in 2018, 2019 and 2020 to be carried back to each of the five preceding tax years. The Company did not generate NOLs in 2018, 2019 or 2020 so no carryback is available. At September 30, 2021, the Company had no federal NOLs carryforwards.

The state and city of New York allow for a three-year carryback period and carryforward period of twenty years on NOLs generated on or after tax year 2015. For tax years prior to 2015, no carryback period is allowed. Ponce De Leon Federal Bank, the predecessor of Ponce Bank, has pre-2015 carryforwards of $1.9 million for New York State purposes and $528,000 for New York City purposes. Furthermore, there are post-2015 carryforwards available of $37.4 million for New York State purposes and $7.8 million for New York City purposes. Finally, for New Jersey purposes, losses may only be carried forward 20 years, with no allowable carryback period. At September 30, 2021, the Bank had no New Jersey NOLs carryforwards.

At September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits recorded. The Company does not expect that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase in the next twelve months.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax, New York State income tax, Connecticut income tax, New Jersey income tax, Florida income tax, Pennsylvania income tax and New York City income tax. The Company is no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2017.

On March 27, 2020, the CARES Act was signed to help individuals and businesses that have been negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. Among other provisions, the CARES Act allows NOLs, which were modified with the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, to be carried back five years. It also modifies the useful lives of qualified leasehold improvements, relaxing the excess loss limitations on pass-through and increasing the interest expense limitation. The Company does not expect the CARES Act to have a material tax impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 are presented below:

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

$

5,144

 

 

$

4,846

 

Deferred loan fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on nonaccrual loans

 

 

109

 

 

 

792

 

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

55

 

 

 

70

 

Deferred rent payable

 

 

128

 

 

 

120

 

Depreciation of premises and equipment

 

 

(1,174

)

 

 

79

 

Net operating losses

 

 

4,227

 

 

 

3,990

 

Charitable contribution carryforward

 

 

1,483

 

 

 

1,366

 

Compensation and benefits

 

 

778

 

 

 

326

 

Other

 

 

103

 

 

 

78

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

 

 

10,853

 

 

 

11,667

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred loan fees

 

 

(1,390

)

 

 

475

 

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

 

 

(161

)

 

 

25

 

Other

 

 

38

 

 

 

39

 

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(1,513

)

 

 

539

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

7,540

 

 

 

6,472

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

4,826

 

 

$

4,656

 

 

33


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 10.

Compensation and Benefit Plans

 

401(k) Provisions:

Prior to January 1, 2021, the Company provided a qualified defined contribution retirement plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The 401(k) Plan qualifies under the Internal Revenue Service safe harbor provisions, as defined. Employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan at the beginning of each quarter (January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1). The 401(k) Plan provides for elective employee/participant deferrals of income. Discretionary matching, profit-sharing, and safe harbor contributions, not to exceed 4% of employee compensation and profit-sharing contributions may be provided. The Company is currently making a safe harbor contribution of 3%. The 401(k) expenses recorded in the consolidated statements of operations amounted to $96,000 and $103,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, and $279,000 and $474,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

 

Effective January 1, 2021, the Company amended and restated its ESOP into a KSOP, Employee Stock Ownership Plan with 401(k) provision, to include substantially the same 401(k) provisions contained in the previously separate 401(k) plan. The Company made a safe harbor contribution of 3% into the 401(k) Plan. There were no changes to the provisions of the previously separately formed ESOP as discussed below.

 

KSOP, Employee Stock Ownership Plan with 401 (k) Provisions:

In connection with the reorganization, the Company established an ESOP for the exclusive benefit of eligible employees. The ESOP borrowed $7.2 million from the Company sufficient to purchase 723,751 shares (approximately 3.92% of the common stock sold in the Company’s initial stock offering). The loan is secured by the shares purchased and will be repaid by the ESOP with funds from contributions made by the Company and dividends received by the ESOP. Contributions will be applied to repay interest on the loan first, and then the remainder will be applied to principal. The loan is expected to be repaid over a period of 15 years. Shares purchased with the loan proceeds are held by the trustee in a suspense account for allocation among participants as the loan is repaid. Contributions to the ESOP and shares released from the suspense account are allocated among participants in proportion to their compensation, relative to total compensation of all active participants, subject to applicable regulations.

Contributions to the ESOP are to be sufficient to pay principal and interest currently due under the loan agreement. As shares are committed to be released from collateral, compensation expense equal to the average market price of the shares for the respective periods are recognized, and the shares become outstanding for earnings per share computations (see Note 11).  

A summary of the ESOP shares as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 are as follows:

 

 

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Shares committed-to-be released

 

 

36,189

 

 

 

48,250

 

Shares allocated to participants

 

 

172,467

 

 

 

129,270

 

Unallocated shares

 

 

494,562

 

 

 

530,751

 

Total

 

 

703,218

 

 

 

708,271

 

Fair value of unallocated shares

 

$

7,127

 

 

$

5,578

 

 

The Company recognized ESOP related compensation expense, including ESOP equalization expense, of $182,000 and $115,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, and $513,000 and $402,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 respectively.   

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan:  

 

The Bank maintains a non-qualified supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) for the benefit of one key executive officer. The SERP expense recognized for both the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 was $15,000 and was $45,000 for both the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020.


34


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 10.

Compensation and Benefit Plans (Continued)

 

2018 Incentive Plan

 

The Company’s stockholders approved the PDL Community Bancorp 2018 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2018 Incentive Plan”) at the Special Meeting of Stockholders on October 30, 2018.  The maximum number of shares of common stock which can be issued under the 2018 Incentive Plan is 1,248,469. Of the 1,248,469 shares, the maximum number of shares that may be awarded under the 2018 Incentive Plan pursuant to the exercise of stock options or stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) is 891,764 shares (all of which may be granted as incentive stock options), and the number of shares of common stock that may be issued as restricted stock awards or restricted stock units is 356,705 shares. However, the 2018 Incentive Plan contains a flex feature that provides that awards of restricted stock and restricted stock units in excess of the 356,705 share limitation may be granted but each share of stock covered by such excess award shall reduce the 891,764 share limitation for awards of stock options and SARs by 3.0 shares of common stock.  The Company converted 462,522 awards of stock options into 154,174 restricted stock units in 2018 and 45,000 awards of stock options into 15,000 restricted stock units in 2020.

 

Under the 2018 Incentive Plan, the Company made grants equal to 674,645 shares on December 4, 2018 which include 119,176 incentive options to executive officers, 44,590 non-qualified options to outside directors, 322,254 restricted stock units to executive officers, 40,000 restricted stock units to non-executive officers and 148,625 restricted stock units to outside directors. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company awarded 40,000 incentive options and 15,000 restricted stock units to non-executive officers under the 2018 Incentive Plan. Awards to directors generally vest 20% annually beginning with the first anniversary of the date of grant. Awards to a director with fewer than five years of service at the time of grant vest over a longer period and will not become fully vested until the director has completed ten years of service. Awards to the executive officer who is not a director vest 20% annually beginning on December 4, 2020. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the maximum number of stock options and SARs remaining to be awarded under the Incentive Plan was 189,476 for both periods. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued as restricted stock or restricted stock units remaining to be awarded under the Incentive Plan was none, for both periods. If the 2018 Incentive Plan’s flex feature described above were fully utilized, the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be awarded as restricted stock or restricted stock units would be 63,159 as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, but would eliminate the availability of stock options and SARs available for award.

 

The product of the number of units granted and the grant date market price of the Company’s common stock determine the fair value of restricted stock units under the Company’s 2018 Incentive Plan. Management recognizes compensation expense for the fair value of restricted stock units on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.    

35


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Note 10. Compensation and Benefit Plans (Continued)

 

A summary of the Company’s restricted stock unit awards activity and related information for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 are as follows:

 

 

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

 

Number

of Shares

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

Per Share

 

Non-vested, beginning of year

 

 

335,919

 

 

$

12.66

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested at March 31

 

 

335,919

 

 

 

12.66

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested at June 30

 

 

335,919

 

 

$

12.66

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

(3,000

)

 

 

10.05

 

Non-vested at September 30

 

 

332,919

 

 

$

12.68

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Number

of Shares

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

Per Share

 

Non-vested, beginning of year

 

 

420,744

 

 

$

12.78

 

Granted

 

 

15,000

 

 

 

10.05

 

Forfeited

 

 

(3,000

)

 

 

12.77

 

Vested

 

 

(96,825

)

 

 

12.77

 

Non-vested at December 31

 

 

335,919

 

 

$

12.66

 

 

Compensation expense related to restricted stock units was $318,000 and $319,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively and was $955,000 and $956,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As of September 30, 2021, the total remaining unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock units was $3.2 million, which is expected to be recognized over the next 25 quarters.

36


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Note 10. Compensation and Benefit Plans (Continued)

A summary of the Company’s stock option awards activity and related information for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 are as follows:

 

 

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

 

Options

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price

Per Share

 

Outstanding, beginning of year

 

 

203,766

 

 

$

12.02

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at March 31

 

 

203,766

 

 

 

12.02

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30

 

 

203,766

 

 

 

12.02

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at September 30 (1)

 

 

203,766

 

 

$

12.02

 

Exercisable at September 30 (1)

 

 

63,938

 

 

$

12.29

 

 

37


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 10. Compensation and Benefit Plans (Continued)

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Options

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price

Per Share

 

Outstanding, beginning of year

 

 

163,766

 

 

$

12.78

 

Granted

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

8.93

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31 (1)

 

 

203,766

 

 

$

12.02

 

Exercisable at December 31 (1)

 

 

55,938

 

 

$

12.77

 

 

(1)

The aggregate intrinsic value, which represents the difference between the price of the Company’s common stock at respective periods and the stated exercise price of the underlying options, was $478,000 for outstanding options and $136,000 for exercisable options at September 30, 2021 and was $0 for outstanding options and $0 for exercisable options December 31, 2020.

The weighted-average exercise price for the options as of September 30, 2021 was $12.02 per share and the weighted average remaining contractual life is 7.1 years. The weighted average period over which compensation expenses are expected to be recognized as of June 30, 2021 is 4.0 years. There were 63,938 shares and 55,938 shares exercisable as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. Total compensation cost related to stock options recognized was $33,000 for both the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively and $99,000 and $93,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As of September 30, 2021, the total remaining unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options was $386,000, which is expected to be recognized over the next 25 quarters.

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Dividend yield

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

0.00

%

Expected life

 

6.5 years

 

 

6.5 years

 

Expected volatility

 

 

38.51

%

 

 

38.51

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

0.48

%

 

 

0.48

%

Weighted average grant date fair value

 

$

3.77

 

 

$

3.77

 

 

The expected volatility is based on the Company’s historical volatility. The expected life is an estimate based on management’s review of the various factors and calculated using the simplified method for plain vanilla options. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s history and expectation of dividend payouts.

Treasury Stock:

 

The Company adopted a share repurchase program effective March 25, 2019 which expired on September 24, 2019. Under the repurchase program, the Company was authorized to repurchase up to 923,151 shares of the Company’s stock, or approximately 5% of the Company’s then current issued and outstanding shares. On November 13, 2019, the Company adopted a second share repurchase program. Under this second program, the Company was authorized to repurchase up to 878,835 shares of the Company’s stock, or approximately 5% of the Company’s then current issued and outstanding shares. The Company’s second share repurchase program was terminated on March 27, 2020 in response to the uncertainty related to the unfolding COVID-19 pandemic. On June 1, 2020, the Company adopted a third share repurchase program. Under this third program, the Company was authorized to repurchase up to 864,987 shares of the Company’s stock, or approximately 5% of the Company’s then current issued and outstanding shares. The Company’s third share repurchase program expired on November 30, 2020. On December 14, 2020, the Company adopted a fourth share repurchase program. Under this fourth program, the Company was authorized to repurchase up to 852,302 shares of the Company’s stock, or approximately 5% of the Company’s then current issued and outstanding shares.  The fourth repurchase program was terminated on May 4, 2021.

38


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Note 10. Compensation and Benefit Plans (Continued)

As of September 30, 2021, the Company had repurchased a total of 1,670,619 shares under the repurchase programs at a weighted average price of $13.22 per share, of which 1,132,086 shares are reported as treasury stock. Of the 1,670,619 shares repurchased, a total of 189,960 shares have been used for grants given to directors, executive officers and non-executive officers under the Company’s 2018 Long-Term Incentive Plan pursuant to restricted stock units which vested on December 4, 2020 and 2019 and July 23, 2021. Of the 189,960 shares, 166 shares were retained to satisfy a recipient’s taxes and other withholding obligations and these shares remain as part of treasury stock.  In addition, during the three months ended June 30, 2021, 348,739 shares were sold to Banc of America Strategic Investments Corporation in a privately negotiated transaction.

 

Note 11.

Earnings Per Share

The following table presents a reconciliation of the number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share:

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands except share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

2,052

 

 

$

4,009

 

 

$

10,436

 

 

$

2,225

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common shares outstanding for basic EPS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

17,330,225

 

 

 

17,166,882

 

 

 

17,222,464

 

 

 

17,278,439

 

Less: Weighted average unallocated Employee Stock

   Ownership Plan (ESOP) shares

 

 

506,494

 

 

 

554,677

 

 

 

518,467

 

 

 

566,762

 

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

16,823,731

 

 

 

16,612,205

 

 

 

16,703,997

 

 

 

16,711,677

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

0.12

 

 

$

0.24

 

 

$

0.62

 

 

$

0.13

 

Potential dilutive common shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add: Dilutive effect of restricted stock awards and stock

   options

 

 

91,102

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,557

 

 

 

12,522

 

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

16,914,833

 

 

 

16,612,205

 

 

 

16,746,554

 

 

 

16,724,199

 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

0.12

 

 

$

0.24

 

 

$

0.62

 

 

$

0.13

 

 

Note 12.

Commitments, Contingencies and Credit Risk

Financial Instruments With Off-Balance-Sheet Risk: In the normal course of business, financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk may be used to meet the financing needs of customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized on the consolidated statements of financial condition. The contractual amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of involvement in particular classes of financial instruments.

The contractual amounts of commitments to extend credit represent the amounts of potential accounting loss should the contract be fully drawn upon, the customer default, and the value of any existing collateral become worthless. The same credit policies are used in making commitments and contractual obligations as for on-balance-sheet instruments. Financial instruments whose contractual amounts represent credit risk at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 are as follows:

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commitments to grant mortgage loans

 

$

153,211

 

 

$

101,722

 

Commitments to sell loans at lock-in rates

 

 

14,881

 

 

 

11,276

 

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit

 

 

65,533

 

 

 

38,261

 

 

 

$

233,625

 

 

$

151,259

 

 

39


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 12.Commitments, Contingencies and Credit Risk (Continued)

Commitments to Grant Mortgage Loans: Commitments to grant mortgage loans are agreements to lend to a customer as long as all terms and conditions are met as established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses, and may require payment of a fee by the borrower. Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Each customer's creditworthiness is evaluated on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary upon extension of credit, is based on management's credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, residential real estate and income-producing commercial properties. Material losses are not anticipated as a result of these transactions.

Commitments to Sell Loans at Lock-in Rates: In order to assure itself of a marketplace to sell its loans, Mortgage World has agreements with investors who will commit to purchase loans at locked-in rates. Mortgage World has off-balance sheet market risk to the extent that Mortgage World does not obtain matching commitments from these investors to purchase the loans. This will expose Mortgage World to the lower of cost or market valuation environment.

Repurchases, Indemnifications and Premium Recaptures: Loans sold by Mortgage World under investor programs are subject to repurchase or indemnification if they fail to meet the origination criteria of those programs. In addition, loans sold to investors are also subject to repurchase or indemnifications if the loan is two or three months delinquent during a set period which usually varies from six months to a year after the loan is sold. There are no open repurchase or indemnification requests for loans sold as a correspondent lender or where the Company acted as a broker in the transaction as of September 30, 2021.

Unfunded Commitments Under Lines of Credit: Unfunded commitments under commercial lines of credit, revolving credit lines and overdraft protection agreements are commitments for possible future extension of credit to existing customers. These lines of credit are uncollateralized and usually contain a specified maturity date and, ultimately, may not be drawn upon to the total extent to which the Company is committed.

Letters of Credit: Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. These guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. Letters of credit are largely cash secured.

Concentration by Geographic Location: Loans, commitments to extend credit and letters of credit have been granted to customers who are located primarily in the New York City metropolitan area. Generally, such loans most often are secured by one-to-four family residential. The loans are expected to be repaid from the borrowers' cash flows.

Loan Concentrations: As of September 30, 2021, approximately 4.9% of Mortgage World total originated loan volume was insured and approximately 71.8% of total originated loan volume was sold to three investors. Mortgage World is permitted to close loans in five states and has closed approximately 99.0% of its loan volume in two states, New York and New Jersey.

Lease Commitments: At September 30, 2021, there are noncancelable operating leases for office space that expire on various dates through 2036. Certain of these leases contains an escalation clause providing for increased rental based primarily on increases in real estate taxes.

On February 11, 2021, the Company completed a sale-leaseback transaction for one real property with an initial fifteen-year lease agreement at an initial base annual rent of approximately $145,000 subject to annual rent increases of 1.5%. The sale lease-back resulted in a gain of approximately $662,546, net of expenses, which is included in other non-interest income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.  Under the lease agreement, the Bank has four (4) consecutive options to extend the term of the lease by five (5) years for each such option.

On June 4, 2021, the Company completed another sale-leaseback transaction for another real property with a fifteen-year lease agreement at an initial base annual rent of approximately $281,010 subject to annual rent increases of 1.75%. The sale lease-back resulted in a gain of approximately $4.2 million, net of expenses, which is included in other non-interest income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Rental expenses under operating leases, included in occupancy and equipment, totaled $495,000 and $460,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, and $1.6 million and $969,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.    

On August 10, 2021, the Bank executed an agreement to sell the real property it owns located at 169-174 Smith Street, Brooklyn, New York for a sale price of $4.0 million. Upon closing of the sale, the Bank and the purchaser anticipate entering into a fifteen-year lease agreement whereby the Bank will lease back the property at an annual rent of approximately $200,000 subject to annual rent increases of 1.50%. Barring any unforeseen events or circumstances, the Bank anticipates closing the sale during the fourth quarter of 2021.

 

40


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 12.Commitments, Contingencies and Credit Risk (Continued)

The projected minimum rental payments under the terms of the leases at September 30, 2021 are as follows:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Remainder of 2021

 

$

496

 

2022

 

 

1,813

 

2023

 

 

1,792

 

2024

 

 

1,808

 

2025

 

 

1,782

 

2026

 

 

1,523

 

Thereafter

 

 

8,021

 

 

 

$

17,235

 

Legal Matters: The Company is involved in various legal proceedings which have arisen in the normal course of business. Management believes that resolution of these matters will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

Note 13.Fair Value

 

The following fair value hierarchy is used based on the lowest level of input significant to the fair value measurement. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values:

Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2 – Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3 – Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair value:

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Placements with Banks, Accrued Interest Receivable, Advance Payments by Borrowers for Taxes and Insurance, and Accrued Interest Payable: The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. These assets and liabilities are not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.

Available-for-Sale Securities: These financial instruments are recorded at fair value in the consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis. Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. If quoted prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models (e.g., matrix pricing) or quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics and are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Examples of such instruments include government agency bonds and mortgage-backed securities. Level 3 securities are securities for which significant unobservable inputs are utilized. There were no changes in valuation techniques used to measure similar assets during the period.

FHLBNY Stock: The carrying value of FHLBNY stock approximates fair value since the Bank can redeem such stock with FHLBNY at cost. As a member of the FHLBNY, the Company is required to purchase this stock, which is carried at cost and classified as restricted equity securities.

Loans Receivable: For variable rate loans, which reprice frequently and have no significant change in credit risk, carrying values are a reasonable estimate of fair values, adjusted for credit losses inherent in the portfolios. The fair value of fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using estimated market rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities, adjusted for credit losses inherent in the portfolios. Impaired loans are valued using a present value discounted cash flow method, or the fair value of the collateral. Loans are not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale: Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value, consists of mortgage loans originated for sale by Mortgage World and accounted for under the fair value option. These assets are valued using stated investor pricing for substantially equivalent loans as Level 2. In determining fair value, such measurements are derived based on observable market data, including whole-loan transaction pricing and similar market transactions adjusted for portfolio composition, servicing value and market conditions. Loans held for sale by the Bank are carried at the lower of cost or fair value as determined by investor bid prices.

41


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Note 13.Fair Value (Continued)

Under the fair value option, management has elected, on an instrument-by-instrument basis, fair value for substantially all forms of mortgage loans originated for sale on a recurring basis. The fair value carrying amount of mortgages held for sale measured under the fair value option was $13.9 million and the aggregate unpaid principal amounted to $13.6 million.

Interest Rate Lock Commitments: Mortgage World enters into rate lock commitments to extend credit to borrowers for generally up to a 60 day period for origination and/or purchase of loans. To the extent that a loan is ultimately granted and the borrower ultimately accepts the terms of the loan, these loan commitments expose Mortgage World to variability in its fair value due to changes in interest rates.

The FASB determined that loan commitments related to the origination or acquisition of mortgage loans that will be held for sale must be accounted for as derivative instruments. Such commitments, along with any related fees received from potential borrowers, are recorded at fair value in derivative assets or liabilities, with changes in fair value recorded in income on sale of mortgage loans. Fair value is based on active market pricing for substantially similar underlying mortgage loans commonly referred to as best execution pricing or investment commitment pricing, if the loan is committed to an investor through a best efforts contract.  In valuing interest rate lock commitments, there are several unobservable inputs such as the fair value of the mortgage servicing rights, estimated remaining cost to originate the loans, and the pull through rate of the open pipeline. Accordingly, such derivative is classified as Level 3.

The approximate notional amounts of Mortgage World’s derivative instruments were $14.9 million and $11.3 million at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The fair value of derivatives related to interest rate lock commitments not subject to a forward loan sale commitment, amounted to $345,000 and $166,000 as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and is included in other assets on the consolidated statements of financial position.

The table below presents the changes in derivatives from interest rate lock commitments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

$

166

 

Change in fair value of derivative instrument reported in earnings

 

(107

)

Balance as of March 31, 2021

 

59

 

Change in fair value of derivative instrument reported in earnings

 

224

 

Balance as of June 30, 2021

 

283

 

Change in fair value of derivative instrument reported in earnings

 

62

 

Balance as of September 30, 2021

$

345

 

Other Real Estate Owned: Other real estate owned represents real estate acquired through foreclosure, and is recorded at fair value less estimated disposal costs on a nonrecurring basis. Fair value is based upon independent market prices, appraised values of the collateral or management's estimation of the value of the collateral. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, the asset is classified as Level 2. When an appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value and there is no observable market price, the asset is classified as Level 3.

Deposits: The fair values of demand deposits, savings, NOW and money market accounts equal their carrying amounts, which represent the amounts payable on demand at the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-term, fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies market interest rates on certificates of deposit to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on such deposits. Deposits are not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.

FHLBNY Advances: The fair value of the advances is estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies current market-based FHLBNY interest rates for advances of similar maturity to a schedule of maturities of such advances. These borrowings are not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.

Warehouse Lines of Credit: The carrying amounts of warehouse lines of credit and mortgage loan funding payable approximate fair value and due to their short-term nature are classified as Level 2.

Off-Balance-Sheet Instruments: Fair values for off-balance-sheet instruments (lending commitments and standby letters of credit) are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties' credit standing. Off-balance-sheet instruments are not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

 


42


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 13.Fair Value (Continued)

 

The following tables detail the assets that are carried at fair value and measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, and indicate the level within the fair value hierarchy utilized to determine the fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2021

 

Description

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Available-for-Sale Securities, at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government Bonds

 

$

2,983

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,983

 

 

$

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

20,542

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,542

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations

 

 

20,254

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,254

 

 

 

 

FNMA Certificates

 

 

60,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

60,386

 

 

 

 

GNMA Certificates

 

 

193

 

 

 

 

 

 

193

 

 

 

 

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale, at fair value

 

 

13,930

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,930

 

 

 

 

Derivatives from interest rate lock commitments

 

 

345

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

345

 

 

 

$

118,633

 

 

$

 

 

$

118,288

 

 

$

345

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Description

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Available-for-Sale Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

$

10,463

 

 

$

 

 

$

10,463

 

 

$

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLMC Certificates

 

 

3,196

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,196

 

 

 

 

FNMA Certificates

 

 

3,567

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,567

 

 

 

 

GNMA Certificates

 

 

272

 

 

 

 

 

 

272

 

 

 

 

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale, at fair value

 

 

35,406

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,406

 

 

 

 

Derivatives from interest rate lock commitments

 

 

166

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

166

 

 

 

$

53,070

 

 

$

 

 

$

52,904

 

 

$

166

 

 

 

 

Management’s assessment and classification of an investment within a level can change over time based upon maturity or liquidity of the investment and would be reflected at the beginning of the quarter in which the change occurred.

The following tables detail the assets carried at fair value and measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and indicate the fair value hierarchy utilized to determine the fair value:

 

 

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Impaired loans

 

$

16,442

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

16,442

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Impaired loans

 

$

19,352

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

19,352

 

 

 

Losses on assets carried at fair value on a nonrecurring basis were de minimis for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

 


43


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 13.Fair Value (Continued)

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the carrying values and estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments were as follows:

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

63,038

 

 

$

63,038

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

63,038

 

Available-for-sale securities, at fair value

 

 

104,358

 

 

 

 

 

 

104,358

 

 

 

 

 

 

104,358

 

Held-to-maturity securities, at amortized cost

 

 

1,437

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,398

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,398

 

Placements with banks

 

 

2,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,490

 

Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value

 

 

13,930

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,930

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,930

 

Loans receivable, net

 

 

1,302,238

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,321,772

 

 

 

1,321,772

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

13,360

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,360

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,360

 

FHLBNY stock

 

 

6,001

 

 

 

6,001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,001

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits

 

 

297,777

 

 

 

297,777

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

297,777

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

517,860

 

 

 

517,860

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

517,860

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

433,624

 

 

 

 

 

 

435,939

 

 

 

 

 

 

435,939

 

Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance

 

 

9,118

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,118

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,118

 

Advances from FHLBNY

 

 

106,255

 

 

 

 

 

 

107,105

 

 

 

 

 

 

107,105

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

11,261

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,261

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,261

 

Mortgage loan funding payable

 

 

1,136

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,136

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,136

 

Accrued interest payable

 

 

238

 

 

 

 

 

 

238

 

 

 

 

 

 

238

 


44


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 13.

Fair Value (Continued)

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

72,078

 

 

$

72,078

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

72,078

 

Available-for-sale securities, at fair value

 

 

17,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,498

 

Held-to-maturity securities, at amortized cost

 

 

1,743

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,722

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,722

 

Placements with banks

 

 

2,739

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,739

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,739

 

Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value

 

 

35,406

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,406

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,406

 

Loans receivable, net

 

 

1,158,640

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,182,971

 

 

 

1,182,971

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

11,396

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,396

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,396

 

FHLBNY stock

 

 

6,426

 

 

 

6,426

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,426

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits

 

 

189,855

 

 

 

189,855

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

189,855

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

432,737

 

 

 

432,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

432,737

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

406,987

 

 

 

 

 

 

411,742

 

 

 

 

 

 

411,742

 

Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance

 

 

7,019

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,019

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,019

 

Advances from FHLBNY

 

 

117,255

 

 

 

 

 

 

119,248

 

 

 

 

 

 

119,248

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

29,961

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,961

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,961

 

Mortgage loan funding payable

 

 

1,483

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,483

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,483

 

Accrued interest payable

 

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

60

 

 

Off-Balance-Sheet Instruments: Loan commitments on which the committed interest rate is less than the current market rate are insignificant at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

 

The fair value information about financial instruments are disclosed, whether or not recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company. The estimated fair value amounts for 2021 and 2020 have been measured as of their respective period-ends and have not been reevaluated or updated for purposes of these consolidated financial statements subsequent to those respective dates. As such, the estimated fair values of these financial instruments subsequent to the respective reporting dates may be different than amounts reported at each period.

The information presented should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Company since a fair value calculation is only required for a limited portion of the Company's assets and liabilities. Due to the wide range of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making the estimates, comparisons between the Company's disclosures and those of other banks may not be meaningful.

Note 14.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Company, the Bank and Mortgage World are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, and the NYS Department of Financial Services, respectively. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s operations and financial statements. Under the regulatory capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company's assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company's capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation require the maintenance of minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total risk-based and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets (as defined), common equity Tier 1 capital (as defined), and Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (as defined) adjusted total assets (as defined). As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the applicable capital adequacy requirements specified below have been met.

45


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Note 14.Regulatory Capital Requirements (Continued)

The below minimum capital requirements exclude the capital conservation buffer required to avoid limitations on capital distributions including dividend payments and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. The applicable capital buffer for the Bank was 8.15% at September 30, 2021 and 7.95% at December 31, 2020.

The most recent notification from the OCC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Company and the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, common equity risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. There were no conditions or events since then that have changed the Bank's category.

 

The Company's and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 as compared to regulatory requirements are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To Be Well

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalized Under

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For Capital

 

 

Prompt Corrective

 

 

 

Actual

 

 

Adequacy Purposes

 

 

Action Provisions

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PDL Community Bancorp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

 

$

187,604

 

 

 

17.96

%

 

$

83,556

 

 

8.00%

 

 

$

104,445

 

 

 

10.00

%

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

 

 

174,509

 

 

 

16.71

%

 

 

62,667

 

 

6.00%

 

 

 

83,556

 

 

 

8.00

%

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio

 

 

174,509

 

 

 

16.71

%

 

 

47,000

 

 

4.50%

 

 

 

67,889

 

 

 

6.50

%

Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets

 

 

174,509

 

 

 

11.77

%

 

 

59,297

 

 

4.00%

 

 

 

74,121

 

 

 

5.00

%

Ponce Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

 

$

168,170

 

 

 

16.15

%

 

$

83,298

 

 

8.00%

 

 

$

104,123

 

 

 

10.00

%

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

 

 

155,115

 

 

 

14.90

%

 

 

62,474

 

 

6.00%

 

 

 

83,298

 

 

 

8.00

%

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio

 

 

155,115

 

 

 

14.90

%

 

 

46,855

 

 

4.50%

 

 

 

67,680

 

 

 

6.50

%

Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets

 

 

155,115

 

 

 

9.98

%

 

 

62,147

 

 

4.00%

 

 

 

77,684

 

 

 

5.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To Be Well

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalized Under

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For Capital

 

 

Prompt Corrective

 

 

 

Actual

 

 

Adequacy Purposes

 

 

Action Provisions

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PDL Community Bancorp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

 

$

171,578

 

 

 

17.68

%

 

$

77,644

 

 

 

8.00

%

 

$

97,055

 

 

 

10.00

%

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

 

 

159,410

 

 

 

16.42

%

 

 

58,233

 

 

 

6.00

%

 

 

77,644

 

 

 

8.00

%

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio

 

 

159,410

 

 

 

16.42

%

 

 

43,675

 

 

 

4.50

%

 

 

63,086

 

 

 

6.50

%

Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets

 

 

159,410

 

 

 

13.34

%

 

 

47,814

 

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

59,768

 

 

 

5.00

%

Ponce Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

 

$

153,951

 

 

 

15.95

%

 

$

77,213

 

 

 

8.00

%

 

$

96,516

 

 

 

10.00

%

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

 

 

141,850

 

 

 

14.70

%

 

 

57,909

 

 

 

6.00

%

 

 

77,213

 

 

 

8.00

%

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio

 

 

141,850

 

 

 

14.70

%

 

 

43,432

 

 

 

4.50

%

 

 

62,735

 

 

 

6.50

%

Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets

 

 

141,850

 

 

 

11.19

%

 

 

50,715

 

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

63,394

 

 

 

5.00

%

 

Mortgage World is subject to various net worth requirements in connection with regulatory authorities and lending agreements that Mortgage World has entered with purchase facility lenders. Failure to maintain minimum capital requirements could result in Mortgage World’s inability to originate and service loans, and, therefore, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

46


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 14.

Regulatory Capital Requirements (Continued)

 

Mortgage World’s minimum net worth requirements as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 are reflected below:

 

 

 

Minimum

 

 

 

Requirement

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

HUD

 

$

1,000

 

New York Department of Financial Services

 

 

250

 

Other State Banking Departments

 

 

250

 

 

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, Mortgage World is in compliance with the applicable minimum capital requirements specified above have been met.

 

Note 15.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

 

December 31,

2020

 

 

Change

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net

 

$

135

 

 

$

(756

)

 

$

(621

)

Total

 

$

135

 

 

$

(756

)

 

$

(621

)

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

Change

 

 

December 31,

2020

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities, net

 

$

20

 

 

$

115

 

 

$

135

 

Total

 

$

20

 

 

$

115

 

 

$

135

 

 

Note 16.Transactions with Related Parties

Directors, executive officers and non-executive officers of the Company have been customers of and have had transactions with the Bank, and it is expected that such persons will continue to have such transactions in the future. Aggregate loan transactions with related parties for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were as follows:

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(in thousand)

 

Beginning balance

 

$

414

 

 

$

1,237

 

 

$

424

 

 

$

1,260

 

Originations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

Payments

 

 

(53

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(73

)

 

 

(32

)

Ending balance

 

$

361

 

 

$

1,228

 

 

$

361

 

 

$

1,228

 

 

The Company held deposits in the amount of $6.4 million and $6.9 million from directors, executive officers and non-executive officers at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

 


47


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 17.Segment Reporting

The Company has two reportable segments: Ponce Bank and Mortgage World. Income from Ponce Bank consists primarily of interest earned on loans and investment securities and service charges on deposit accounts. Income from Mortgage World consists primarily of taking of applications from the general public for residential mortgage loans, underwriting them to investors’ standards, closing and funding them and holding them until they are sold to investors.

The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in the summary of accounting policies. Segment profit and loss is measured by net income on a legal entity basis. Significant intercompany transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

 

The following tables set forth condensed consolidated statements of operations and total assets for the operating segments for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively:

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2021

 

 

 

Ponce Bank

 

 

Mortgage World

 

 

PDL Community Bancorp

 

 

Eliminations

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Interest and dividend income

 

$

17,333

 

 

$

92

 

 

$

41

 

 

$

(41

)

 

$

17,425

 

Interest expense

 

 

1,954

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

1,985

 

Net interest income

 

 

15,379

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,440

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

572

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

572

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

14,807

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,868

 

Non-interest income

 

 

1,422

 

 

 

2,081

 

 

 

 

 

 

(269

)

 

 

3,234

 

Non-interest expense

 

 

12,133

 

 

 

2,039

 

 

 

827

 

 

 

(267

)

 

 

14,732

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

4,096

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

(786

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

3,370

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

867

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

475

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,318

 

Equity in undistributed earnings of Ponce Bank and Mortgage World

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,315

 

 

 

(3,315

)

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

3,229

 

 

$

86

 

 

$

2,054

 

 

$

(3,317

)

 

$

2,052

 

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2020

 

 

 

Ponce Bank

 

 

Mortgage World

 

 

PDL Community Bancorp

 

 

Eliminations

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Interest and dividend income

 

$

13,552

 

 

$

51

 

 

$

57

 

 

$

(57

)

 

$

13,603

 

Interest expense

 

 

2,766

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

(57

)

 

 

2,752

 

Net interest income

 

 

10,786

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,851

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

620

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

620

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

10,166

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,231

 

Non-interest income

 

 

5,186

 

 

 

2,194

 

 

 

 

 

 

(128

)

 

 

7,252

 

Non-interest expense

 

 

9,803

 

 

 

1,555

 

 

 

1,097

 

 

 

(128

)

 

 

12,327

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

5,549

 

 

 

647

 

 

 

(1,040

)

 

 

 

 

 

5,156

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

1,217

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

(212

)

 

 

 

 

 

1,147

 

Equity in undistributed earnings of Ponce Bank and Mortgage World

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,837

 

 

 

(4,837

)

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

4,332

 

 

$

505

 

 

$

4,009

 

 

$

(4,837

)

 

$

4,009

 

48


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 17.Segment Reporting (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021

 

 

 

Ponce Bank

 

 

Mortgage World

 

 

PDL Community Bancorp

 

 

Eliminations

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Interest and dividend income

 

$

48,122

 

 

$

324

 

 

$

122

 

 

$

(122

)

 

$

48,446

 

Interest expense

 

 

6,220

 

 

 

284

 

 

 

 

 

 

(122

)

 

 

6,382

 

Net interest income

 

 

41,902

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,064

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

1,844

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,844

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

40,058

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,220

 

Non-interest income

 

 

9,193

 

 

 

7,081

 

 

 

 

 

 

(806

)

 

 

15,468

 

Non-interest expense

 

 

32,742

 

 

 

6,840

 

 

 

2,512

 

 

 

(806

)

 

 

41,288

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

16,509

 

 

 

281

 

 

 

(2,390

)

 

 

 

 

 

14,400

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

3,717

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

173

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,964

 

Equity in undistributed earnings of Ponce Bank and Mortgage World

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,999

 

 

 

(12,999

)

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

12,792

 

 

$

207

 

 

$

10,436

 

 

$

(12,999

)

 

$

10,436

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets at September 30, 2021

 

$

1,542,915

 

 

$

21,023

 

 

$

172,902

 

 

$

(176,288

)

 

$

1,560,552

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets at December 31, 2020

 

$

1,315,287

 

 

$

38,397

 

 

$

159,811

 

 

$

(158,264

)

 

$

1,355,231

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020

 

 

 

 

Ponce Bank

 

 

Mortgage World

 

 

PDL Community Bancorp

 

 

Eliminations

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Interest and dividend income

 

$

38,975

 

 

$

51

 

 

$

192

 

 

$

(192

)

 

$

39,026

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

8,879

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

(192

)

 

 

8,730

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

30,096

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

192

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,296

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

2,037

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,037

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

28,059

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

192

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,259

 

 

Non-interest income

 

 

6,639

 

 

 

2,194

 

 

 

 

 

 

(385

)

 

 

8,448

 

 

Non-interest expense

 

 

29,661

 

 

 

1,555

 

 

 

2,753

 

 

 

(385

)

 

 

33,584

 

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

5,037

 

 

 

647

 

 

 

(2,561

)

 

 

 

 

 

3,123

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

1,266

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

(510

)

 

 

 

 

 

898

 

 

Equity in undistributed earnings of Ponce Bank and Mortgage World

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,276

 

 

 

(4,276

)

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

3,771

 

 

$

505

 

 

$

2,225

 

 

$

(4,276

)

 

$

2,225

 

 

 

 

 

49


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Note 18.Subsequent Events

Sale of Real Property

On November 11, 2021, PFS Service Corp, (“PFS”), a service company subsidiary of the Bank, completed the sale of real property that PFS owned, located at 2244 Westchester Avenue, Bronx, New York. The sale price of this real property was $16.1 million. Concurrent with the sale, the Bank and the purchaser entered into a seventeen-year lease agreement whereby the Bank will lease back the real property at an initial annual base rent of approximately $926,000, subject to annual rent increases of 1.75%.

  

Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

The Boards of Directors of Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company, the Company and the Bank have adopted a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, as amended (the “Plan”). Pursuant to the Plan, Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company and the Company will reorganize into a new stock holding company and will conduct a second-step stock offering of new shares of common stock.

As part of the proposed “second step” conversion, the current mutual holding ‎company structure of Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company, the Company, the Bank and Mortgage World will convert to the fully-‎converted stock holding company structure and, thereafter, Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company and the Company will no longer exist. A new stock holding company for the Bank and Mortgage World, named Ponce Financial Group, Inc., will succeed to Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company and the Company will offer for sale shares of its common stock, representing Ponce Bank Mutual Holding ‎Company’s ownership interest in the Company.‎ In addition, each share of ‎common stock of the Company held by persons other than Ponce Bank Mutual ‎Holding Company (the “minority stockholders”) will be converted into and become the right to ‎receive a number of shares of common stock of Ponce Financial Group, Inc.‎ pursuant to an ‎exchange ratio, established at the completion of the proposed transaction, designed to preserve in ‎Ponce Financial Group, Inc.‎ approximately the same aggregate percentage ownership interest that the ‎minority stockholders will have in the Company immediately before the completion ‎of the proposed transaction. ‎The total number of shares of common stock of Ponce Financial Group, Inc.‎ to be issued in ‎the proposed transaction will be based on the aggregate pro forma market value of the common ‎stock of Ponce Financial Group, Inc.‎, as determined by an independent appraisal.‎

The transactions contemplated by the Plan are subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders (including approval by a majority of the shares held by persons other than Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company) and the members of Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Office of the Comptroller of Currency, granted their respective necessary approvals of the transactions contemplated by the Plan during October 2021.

 

 

 

 

50


 

 

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

General

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, is intended to assist in understanding the financial condition and results of operations of PDL Community Bancorp (the “Company”). The information contained in this section should be read in conjunction with the unaudited financial statements and the notes thereto appearing in Part I, Item 1, of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This quarterly report contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as "estimate," "project," "intend," "anticipate," "assume," "plan," "seek," "expect," "will," "may," "should," "indicate," "would," "believe," "contemplate," "continue," "target" and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

statements of the Company’s goals, intentions and expectations;

 

statements regarding its business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;

 

statements regarding the quality of its loan and investment portfolios;

 

estimates of the risks and future costs and benefits;

 

statements regarding the Company’s intention to consummate the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, adopted on May 25, 2021, as amended on September 15, 2021; and

 

statements regarding the Company’s application with the U.S. Department of the Treasury for an investment under the Emergency Capital Investment Program.

These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Company’s control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. Management is under no duty to and does not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date they are made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

the scope, duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic and its effects on our business and operations, our customers, including their ability to make timely payments on loans, our service providers, and on the economy and financial markets in general;

 

changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

 

general economic conditions, either nationally or in the market areas, that are worse than expected;

 

the Company’s ability to manage market risk, credit risk and operational risk in the current economic environment;

 

changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses;

 

the ability to access cost-effective funding;

 

fluctuations in real estate values and real estate market conditions;

 

demand for loans and deposits in the market area;

 

the Company’s ability to implement and change its business strategies;

 

competition among depository and other financial institutions;

 

inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce the Company’s margins and yields, its mortgage banking revenues, the fair value of financial instruments or the level of loan originations, or increase the level of defaults, losses and prepayments on loans the Company have made and make;

 

adverse changes in the securities or secondary mortgage markets;

51


 

 

 

changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements;

 

the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and the implementing regulations;

 

changes in the quality or composition of the Company’s loan or investment portfolios;

 

technological changes that may be more difficult or expensive than expected;

 

the inability of third party providers to perform as expected;

 

the Company’s ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;

 

the Company’s ability to successfully integrate into its operations, Mortgage World and any assets, liabilities, customers, systems and management personnel the Company may acquire and management’s ability to realize related revenue synergies and cost savings within expected time frames, and any goodwill charges related thereto;

 

changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

the Company’s ability to retain key employees;

 

the Company’s compensation expense associated with equity allocated or awarded to its employees; and

 

changes in the financial condition, results of operations or future prospects of issuers of securities that the Company may own.

Additional factors that may affect the Company’s results are discussed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 under the heading “Risk Factors” filed with the SEC on March 29, 2021, as updated in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. The Company assumes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date they were made (whether as a result of new information, events or otherwise), except as may be required by law.

Employees and Human Capital Resources

As of September 30, 2021, the Company had 230 full time equivalent employees. None of the Company’s employees are represented by a labor union, and management considers its relationship with employees to be good. The Company believes its ability to attract and retain employees is key to its success. Accordingly, the Company strives to offer competitive salaries and employee benefits to all employees and monitor salaries and other compensation in its market area.

The Company encourages and supports the growth and development of its employees. Continual learning and career development is advanced through ongoing performance and development conversations with employees, internally developed training programs and educational reimbursement programs.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The following discussion contains a certain non-GAAP financial measure in addition to results presented in accordance with GAAP. The non-GAAP measure is intended to provide the reader with additional supplemental perspective on operating results, performance trends, and financial condition. Non-GAAP financial measures are not a substitute for GAAP measures; they should be read and used in conjunction with the Company’s GAAP financial information. The Company’s non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similar non-GAAP information which may be presented by other companies. In all cases, it should be understood that non-GAAP operating measures do not depict amounts that accrue directly to the benefit of shareholders. An item that management excludes when computing non-GAAP adjusted earnings can be of substantial importance to the Company’s results and condition for any particular year. A reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to GAAP measures is provided below.

The SEC has exempted from the definition of non-GAAP financial measures certain commonly used financial measures that are not based on GAAP. Management believes that these non-GAAP financial measures are useful in evaluating the Company’s financial performance and facilitate comparisons with the performance of other financial institutions. However, the information should be considered supplemental in nature and not as a substitute for related financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP.

The table below includes references to the Company's net income and earnings per share for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 before gain on sale of real property. In management's view, that information, which is considered non-GAAP information, may be useful to investors as it will improve an understanding of core operations for the current and future periods. The non-GAAP net

52


 

income amount and earnings per share reflect adjustments of the non-recurring gain on sale of real property, net of tax effect. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP information to GAAP net income and earnings per share is provided below.

Non-GAAP Reconciliation – Net Income before Gain on Sale of Real Property (Unaudited)

 

 

Nine Months Ended

 

 

Nine Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

September 30, 2020

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands,

except per share data)

 

Net income - GAAP

 

$

10,436

 

 

$

2,225

 

Gain on sale of real property

 

 

(4,812

)

 

 

(4,412

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

1,011

 

 

 

927

 

Net income (loss) - non-GAAP

 

$

6,635

 

 

$

(1,260

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share (GAAP) (1)

 

$

0.62

 

 

$

0.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per common share (non-GAAP) (1)

 

$

0.40

 

 

$

(0.08

)

 

(1)

Earnings per share were computed (for the GAAP and non-GAAP basis) based on the weighted average number of basic shares outstanding for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 (16,703,997 shares and 16,711,677 shares, respectively). The assumed exercise of outstanding stock options and vesting of restricted stock units were included in computing the non-GAAP earnings per share and do not result in material dilution.

COVID-19 Pandemic and the CARES Act

On March 27, 2020, Congress passed, and the President signed, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) to address the economic effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.

The CARES Act appropriated $349.0 billion for PPP loans and on April 24, 2020, the SBA received another $310.0 billion in PPP funding. On December 27, 2020, the Economic Aid Act appropriated $284.0 billion for both first and second draw PPP loans, bringing the total appropriations for PPP loans to $943.0 billion. PPP ended on May 31, 2021. Loans under the PPP that meet SBA requirements may be forgiven in certain circumstances, and are 100% guaranteed by the SBA. The Company had received SBA approval and originated 5,405 PPP loans, of which 3,548 loans totaling $195.9 million were outstanding at September 30, 2021. PPP loans have a two-year or five-year term, provide for fees of up to 5% of the loan amount and earn interest at a rate of 1% per annum. It is our expectation that a significant portion of these loans will ultimately be forgiven by the SBA in accordance with the terms of the program. The average authorized loan size is $55,000 and the median authorized loan size is $16,000. The Bank, which is designated as both a Community Development Financial Institution (“CDFI”) and a Minority Depository Institution (“MDI”), originated 5,405 PPP loans in the amount of $271.1 million significantly exceeded the reported average performance of banks in our peer group.

As a result of the initial COVID-19 pandemic outbreak, the Company continues to alter the way it has historically provided services to its deposit customers while seeking to maintain normal day-to-day back-office operations and lending functions. To that end, as of September 30, 2021, all back-office and lending personnel have been formed into teams which alternate between a remote and in office work environment while the branch network continues to provide traditional banking services to its communities and has for the most part returned to normal operating hours while continuing to shift service delivery to electronic and web-based products. The Company continues its extensive and intensive communications program geared to informing customers of the alternative resources provided by the Company for retaining access to financial services, closing loans and conducting banking transactions, such as ATM networks, online banking, mobile applications, remote deposits and the Company’s Contact Center. The Company proactively manages its day-to-day operations by using video and telephonic conferencing. The Company remains vigilant of the potential for other COVID-19 variant outbreaks and remains prepared to restore the necessary protocols to to minimize any disruptions to its current operations and services.

As of September 30, 2021, five loans in the amount of $9.9 million remained in forbearance as a result of renewed forbearance for a period of three months. Of the five loans receiving renewed forbearance, one loan in the amount of $6.6 million is related to construction real estate, three loans, totaling $2.9 million are related to one-to-four family residential real estate and one loan in the amount of $388,000 related to non-residential properties. All of these loans had been performing in accordance with their contractual obligations prior to the granting of the initial forbearance. The Company actively monitors the business activities of borrowers in forbearance and seeks to determine their capacity to resume payments as contractually obligated upon the termination of the forbearance period. The extended forbearances are short-term modifications made on a good faith basis in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and in furtherance of governmental policies. Under the CARES Act, none of these loans is currently classified as a TDR.

53


 

Federal Economic Relief Funds To Aid Lending to Small Businesses

On August 10, 2021, the Company through its subsidiary, the Bank, received from the United States Department of the Treasury a grant in the amount of $1.8 million in federal Economic Relief Funds for Small Businesses.

Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

The Boards of Directors of Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company, the Company and the Bank have adopted a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, as amended (the “Plan”). Pursuant to the Plan, Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company and the Company will reorganize into a new stock holding company and will conduct a second-step stock offering of new shares of common stock. See Note 18, “Subsequent Events - Plan of Conversion and Reorganization,” to the accompanying Financial Statements for a discussion of the Plan and the related transactions.

Critical Accounting Policies

Accounting estimates are necessary in the application of certain accounting policies and procedures and are particularly susceptible to significant change. Critical accounting policies are defined as those involving significant judgments and assumptions by management and that could have a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets, liabilities or on income under different assumptions or conditions. Management believes that the most critical accounting policy relates to the allowance for loan losses.

The allowance for loan losses is established as probable incurred losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

The discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations are based on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, which are prepared in conformity with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of income and expenses. The estimates and assumptions used are based on historical experience and various other factors and are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, resulting in a change that could have a material impact on the carrying value of our assets and liabilities and our results of operations.

See Note 1, “Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the accompanying Financial Statements for a discussion of significant accounting policies.

Factors Affecting the Comparability of Results

Purchase of Real Property. On January 22, 2021, the Bank completed the purchase of property located at 135-12/14 Northern Boulevard, Flushing, New York through a qualified intermediary in an IRS Code 1031 like-kind exchange related to the previously disclosed sale of real property on July 27, 2020 that was owned by the Bank. The purchase price of the property was $3.6 million.

Sale of Real Property. On February 11, 2021, PFS Service Corp. (“PFS”), a service company subsidiary of the Bank, completed the sale of real property that was owned by PFS, located at 3821 Bergenline Avenue, Union City, New Jersey. The sale price of this property was $2.4 million. Concurrent with the sale, the Bank and the purchaser entered into an initial fifteen-year lease agreement whereby the Bank will lease back this real property at an initial annual base rent of approximately $145,000 subject to annual rent increases of 1.5%. Under the lease agreement, the Bank has four (4) consecutive options to extend the term of the lease by five (5) years for each such option.

On June 4, 2021, the Bank completed the sale of real property it owned located at 5560 Broadway, Bronx, New York. The sale price of this real property was $5.7 million. Concurrent with the sale, the Bank and the purchaser entered into a fifteen-year lease agreement whereby the Bank will lease back this real property at an initial base annual rent of approximately $281,000, subject to annual rent increases of 1.75%.

Vision 2025 Evolves

The Company is now in the later stages of its multi-pronged effort to upgrade its infrastructure, adopt electronic banking services and restructure its retail business model. Dubbed internally “Vision 2020,” the effort has resulted in significant beneficial results, continues to involve significant investments and has served to ameliorate the otherwise detrimental effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.  

As part of Vision 2020, the Company partnered with Salesforce to deploy applications throughout the organization, including retail services, lending processes, back-office operations, digital banking and loan underwriting. Although the full implementation of

54


 

the applications, dubbed internally as “GPS, a Guided Path to Success,” has been somewhat delayed due to the COVID-19 pandemic, phase 1 is operational throughout the Bank. The remaining phases are expected to be implemented by year end 2021.

The infrastructure upgrade has focused primarily on implementing technology, cybersecurity and network progression while establishing a Virtual Private Network (“VPN”). Centered largely on the Bank and its core processor, to date the infrastructure upgrade has resulted in relocating and migrating network and in-house servers, replacing outdated PCs, enhancing internet capabilities, purchasing and deploying VPN-enabled laptops to a significant majority of the Bank’s personnel and the redeployment of disaster recovery capabilities. The infrastructure upgrade is now focused on Mortgage World’s operations. The Company has achieved certain manpower-related cost savings and enabled the uninterrupted continuity of operations by its staff working remotely during the COVID-19 pandemic using its newly deployed disaster recovery capabilities. The infrastructure upgrade has added resiliency, capacity and redundancies to the Company’s technology structures and enhances the capability of the Company to increase its flexibility with alternate locations of personnel.

Since late 2018, the Company has adopted and deployed over 48 new electronic banking services, products and applications. These services range from on-line banking, mobile banking, bill pay, positive pay, remote deposit capture, cash management services, e-statements, data storage and management, ACH services, electronic document storage, a paperless environment, dual-language telephone banking service and VoIP telecommunications with an automation-based, dual-language Customer Contact Center. These services have not only enabled the Company to continue serving its customers as they, and the Company, converted to a remote work environment; the services have served to increase the product penetration and deepening relationships with customers.

The Company has also added to its social media capabilities and has begun to use them in coordination with new targeted marketing campaigns now enabled by GPS and its Marketing Cloud platform. The combination of social media and targeted marketing campaigns has been particularly effective with PPP loan originations using many partnerships established with non-profit groups and community-based organizations. Such efforts enabled the Company to more than triple the number of second round PPP loan applications compared to the first round, and has resulted in significant growth in retail deposits and new relationships.

In 2020, the Company deployed its first Fintech-based product in partnership with the startup company Grain Technologies, Inc. (“Grain”). Grain’s product is a mobile application geared to the underbanked and new generations entering the financial services market that utilizes non-traditional underwriting methodologies. Under the terms of its agreement with Grain, the Bank is the lender and depository for Grain-originated microloans and, where applicable, security deposits, to consumers, with credit lines currently up to $1,000. Grain originates and services the loans and is responsible for maintaining compliance with the Bank’s origination and servicing standards. To the extent such standards are not maintained, the Company may reject such loans and any related losses become the responsibility of Grain. The Company, pursuant to its partnership with Grain, has 59,228 consumer loans with outstanding balances totaling $35.5 million at September 30, 2021. The Company is seeking to provide additional digital banking services to these customers and to extend Grain to its retail facilities. The Company is an investor in Grain and is integrating Grain and GPS. On June 30, 2021, July 31, 2021, August 31, 2021 and September 30, 2021, the Bank and Grain entered into loan sale agreements, whereby the Bank agreed to sell to Grain consumer loans in the aggregate amount of $5.0 million, $52,000, $899,000 and $1.1 million, respectively, with an initial payment by Grain of 50% upon closing and the remaining balance in monthly installments with the entire amount paid by the later of December 31, 2021 or upon the closing of Grain’s series A financing round.  

The Company is also in the final stages of deploying a Fintech-based small business automated lending technology in partnership with LendingFront Technologies, Inc. The technology is a mobile application that digitizes the lending workflow from pre-approval to servicing and enables the Company to originate, close and fund small business loans within very short spans of time, without requiring a physical presence within banking offices and with automated underwriting using both traditional and non-traditional methods. The application has full loan origination and servicing capabilities and is integrated with Salesforce. All Commercial Relationship Officers and Business Development Managers will utilize these capabilities upon the easing of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Company is seeking to establish loan origination partnerships with non-profit and community-based organizations to ensure penetration in underserved and underbanked markets.  

The Company also established a relationship with SaveBetter, LLC, a fintech startup focusing on brokered deposits. As of September 30, 2021, the Company had $66.1 million in such deposits. The recent regulatory easing of brokered deposit rules may enable the Company to classify such deposits as core deposits.

The Company’s on-going adoption of a new retail business model has been all-encompassing. It has involved the redesign of its retail branches, the shift of branch operations to a centralized back office, the deployment of smart ITM-enabled ATMs and Teller Cash Recyclers, the automation of manual processes and, importantly, the adoption of universal bankers and retail sales. In 2019, the Company earned national recognition as Branch Innovators of the Year for its retail banking model at the 2019 Future Branches Retail Banking Summit in Austin, Texas.

55


 

The Company anticipates renovating the remaining branches over the next 18 months, at lower costs than previous renovation costs as a result of economies of scale, design modifications and adoption of buildout techniques used by non-bank retail organizations. As a result, the Bank’s Riverdale branch was recently transformed into a new flagship branch while recapturing previously subleased space. This $1.5 million construction project commenced on March 1, 2021 and was completed on time and on budget. Our grand re-opening took place on July 27, 2021 and was attended by the Bronx Borough President who praised Ponce Bank for remaining committed to the Bronx and for a long history of leadership within the community. Our Astoria branch renovation project was also completed in the second quarter of 2021 slightly above budgeted costs of $315,000.  Architectural surveys for all of the remaining branches have been completed and it is anticipated that the first two branches of the next phase will be completed by year end. Mortgage World’s  branded services have been deployed to all of the Bank’s branches during the third quarter of 2021. Loan referrals generated from the branches, are tracked through the Company’s newly deployed Salesforce CRM portal. The Company intends to open a full-service branch and a  satellite banking office at two of Mortgage World’s existing office locations.

Vision 2020 already has had a transformational effect on the Company. The Company had approximately $1.06 billion in assets, $918.5 million in loans and $809.8 million in deposits, at December 31, 2018, and $2.7 million net income and $0.15 in earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2018. The Company has since grown to $1.56 billion in assets, $1.30 billion in loans and $1.25 billion in deposits at September 30, 2021, and $10.4 million in net income and $0.62 in earnings per share for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, all while investing in infrastructure, implementing digital banking, acquiring Mortgage World, adopting GPS, diversifying its product offering, meeting the challenges of the COVID-19 pandemic, partnering with Fintech companies and assisting its communities with over 5,405 requests for PPP loans totaling approximately $271.1 million. Now, the Company believes that it is poised to enhance its presence, locally and in similar communities outside New York, as a leading CDFI and MDI financial holding company. The Company filed an application with the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”) for an investment by Treasury in the amount of $225.0 million under the Emergency Capital Investment Program (“ECIP”). Under the ECIP, Treasury will provide investment capital directly to depository institutions that are CDFIs or MDIs, to provide loans, grants, and forbearance for small businesses, minority-owned businesses, and consumers, in low-income and underserved communities. Treasury’s investment will be made in exchange for the issuance of senior perpetual noncumulative preferred stock directly to Treasury. Subject to approval of our application and completion of the second step conversion, Ponce Financial Group, Inc. will issue the senior preferred stock. Treasury has indicated that the investment will qualify as Tier 1 capital. No dividends will accrue or be due for the first two years after issuance. For years three through ten, depending upon the level of qualified and/or deep impact lending made in targeted communities, as defined in the ECIP guidelines, dividends will be at an annual rate of either 2.0%, 1.25% or 0.5% and, thereafter, will be fixed at one of the foregoing rates. The preferred stock will provide for customary preferences, including provisions upon nonpayment of dividends and board seats in such an event as well as customary protective provisions. The Company cannot provide any assurance or guarantee concerning whether its application will be approved, that the $225.0 million applied for will be accepted, in whole or in part, what the actual terms, conditions and preferences of  the senior preferred stock will be or whether they will be acceptable to the Company. The Company is cementing Vision 2025, its roadmap to acquiring the resources needed to lead efforts to remediate the disparate effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, and the wealth and financial gaps present, in its communities and similar communities outside the New York City metropolitan area. The Company traces its roots to its organization in 1960 as Ponce De Leon Federal Savings and Loan Association by Latino leaders concerned that the Bronx and its Latino population were not being recognized. True to its roots, the Company remains committed to ensuring that the disparate effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, and the wealth and financial gaps present, in minority communities, are addressed in earnest.

 

56


 

 

The following table presents as of September 30, 2021, the Company’s PPP loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate

 

 

Median

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amount

 

State

Counties

of Loans

 

 

of Loans

 

 

of Loans

 

 

of Loans

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

New York

Kings

 

546

 

 

$

64,086

 

 

$

17

 

 

$

117

 

 

Bronx

 

762

 

 

 

33,758

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

44

 

 

Queens

 

1,082

 

 

 

30,468

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

28

 

 

New York

 

498

 

 

 

46,686

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

94

 

 

Nassau

 

195

 

 

 

7,457

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

38

 

 

Westchester

 

74

 

 

 

1,729

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

23

 

 

Suffolk

 

65

 

 

 

1,524

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

23

 

 

Richmond

 

46

 

 

 

1,002

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

22

 

 

Albany

 

2

 

 

 

132

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

66

 

 

Rockland

 

14

 

 

 

370

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

26

 

 

Dutchess

 

10

 

 

 

655

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

66

 

 

Sullivan

 

1

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

14

 

 

Orange

 

6

 

 

 

146

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

24

 

 

Oneida

 

2

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

21

 

 

Schenectady

 

1

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

21

 

 

Putnam

 

1

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

13

 

 

Ulster

 

3

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

14

 

 

Greene

 

1

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

20

 

 

   Total New York

 

3,309

 

 

$

188,165

 

 

$

16

 

 

$

57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Jersey

Monmouth

 

7

 

 

$

674

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

96

 

 

Essex

 

37

 

 

 

438

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

12

 

 

Hudson

 

56

 

 

 

2,563

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

46

 

 

Passaic

 

23

 

 

 

746

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

32

 

 

Union

 

19

 

 

 

355

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

19

 

 

Bergen

 

47

 

 

 

1,694

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

36

 

 

Morris

 

3

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

21

 

 

Middlesex

 

9

 

 

 

235

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

26

 

 

Burlington

 

3

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

18

 

 

Mercer

 

2

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

26

 

 

Sussex

 

1

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

12

 

 

Atlantic

 

4

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

6

 

 

Somerset

 

3

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

11

 

 

Camden

 

1

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

21

 

 

Ocean

 

4

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

16

 

 

   Total New Jersey

 

219

 

 

$

7,029

 

 

$

17

 

 

$

32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

California

Los Angeles

 

1

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

10

 

 

San Diego

 

1

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

21

 

 

   Total California

 

2

 

 

$

31

 

 

$

15

 

 

$

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Connecticut

Fairfield

 

4

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

35

 

 

Litchfield

 

1

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

141

 

 

New Haven

 

2

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

8

 

 

   Total Connecticut

 

7

 

 

$

297

 

 

$

9

 

 

$

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arizona

Pima

 

1

 

 

$

21

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

21

 

Delaware

New Castle

 

1

 

 

 

253

 

 

 

253

 

 

 

253

 

Florida

Orange

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

Pennsylvania

Berks

 

1

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

15

 

Indiana

Lake

 

4

 

 

$

72

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

18

 

Kentucky

Jefferson

 

2

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

Rhode Island

Providence

 

1

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

16

 

 

Total

 

3,548

 

 

$

195,911

 

 

$

16

 

 

$

55

 

Comparison of Financial Condition at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

Total Assets. Total consolidated assets increased $205.3 million, or 15.2%, to $1.56 billion at September 30, 2021 from $1.36 billion at December 31, 2020. The increase in total assets is attributable to increases of $143.6 million in net loans receivable, including $110.6 million net increase in PPP loans, $86.9 million in available-for-sale securities, $2.2 million in other assets, $2.0 million, net, in premises and equipment, $2.0 million in accrued interest receivable and $170,000 in deferred tax assets. The increase in total assets was reduced by decreases of $21.5 million in mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value, $9.0 million in cash and cash equivalents, $425,000 in FHLBNY stock, $306,000 in held-to-maturity securities and $249,000 in placement with banks.

57


 

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents decreased $9.1 million, or 12.5%, to $63.0 million at September 30, 2021, compared to $72.1 million at December 31, 2020. The decrease in cash and cash equivalents was primarily the result of an increase of loan funding and originations, purchases of available-for-sale securities, a decrease in advances of warehouse lines of credit, repayment of advances from the FHLBNY, and purchases of premises and equipment, primarily related to the purchase of real property. The decrease in cash and cash equivalents was offset by an increase in net deposits, proceeds from the sale of real property, net proceeds from the sale and purchase of shares for treasury stock, proceeds from the sale and maturities of available-for-sale securities and proceeds from the sale of loans.

Securities. The composition of securities at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and the amounts maturing of each classification are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Amortized

 

 

Fair

 

 

Amortized

 

 

Fair

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Value

 

 

Cost

 

 

Value

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Available-for-Sale Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government Bonds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts maturing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months or less

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

More than three months through one year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

More one year through five years

 

 

2,980

 

 

 

2,983

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

More than five years through ten years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,980

 

 

 

2,983

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Bonds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts maturing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months or less

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

More than three months through one year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

More one year through five years

 

 

6,665

 

 

 

6,659

 

 

 

2,651

 

 

 

2,728

 

More than five years through ten years

 

 

13,744

 

 

 

13,883

 

 

 

7,730

 

 

 

7,735

 

 

 

 

20,409

 

 

 

20,542

 

 

 

10,381

 

 

 

10,463

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

 

81,780

 

 

 

80,833

 

 

 

6,970

 

 

 

7,035

 

Total Available-for-Sale Securities

 

$

105,169

 

 

$

104,358

 

 

$

17,351

 

 

$

17,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held-to-Maturity Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

 

1,437

 

 

 

1,398

 

 

 

1,743

 

 

 

1,722

 

Total Held-to-Maturity Securities

 

$

1,437

 

 

$

1,398

 

 

$

1,743

 

 

$

1,722

 

 

The $86.9 million increase in available-for-sale securities was due to $94.2 million in available-for-sale securities that were purchased during the nine months ended September 30, 2021. The increase was offset primarily by a $3.6 million in available-for-sale security sold and $2.7 million in principal payments and $782,000 in unrealized loss during the nine months ended September 30, 2021. No securities matured and/or were called during the nine months ended September 30, 2021.

 

58


 

 

Loans. The composition of gross loans receivable at September 30, 2021 and at December 31, 2020 and the percentage of each classification to total loans are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

Dollars

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-Owned

 

$

319,346

 

 

 

24.1

%

 

$

319,596

 

 

 

27.3

%

 

$

(250

)

 

 

(0.1

%)

Owner-Occupied

 

 

97,493

 

 

 

7.4

%

 

 

98,795

 

 

 

8.4

%

 

 

(1,302

)

 

 

(1.3

%)

Multifamily residential

 

 

317,575

 

 

 

24.0

%

 

 

307,411

 

 

 

26.2

%

 

 

10,164

 

 

 

3.3

%

Nonresidential properties

 

 

211,075

 

 

 

16.0

%

 

 

218,929

 

 

 

18.7

%

 

 

(7,854

)

 

 

(3.6

%)

Construction and land

 

 

133,130

 

 

 

10.1

%

 

 

105,858

 

 

 

9.0

%

 

 

27,272

 

 

 

25.8

%

Total mortgage loans

 

 

1,078,619

 

 

 

81.6

%

 

 

1,050,589

 

 

 

89.6

%

 

 

28,030

 

 

 

2.7

%

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business loans (1)

 

 

207,859

 

 

 

15.7

%

 

 

94,947

 

 

 

8.1

%

 

 

112,912

 

 

 

118.9

%

Consumer loans (2)

 

 

36,095

 

 

 

2.7

%

 

 

26,517

 

 

 

2.3

%

 

 

9,578

 

 

 

36.1

%

 

 

 

243,954

 

 

 

18.4

%

 

 

121,464

 

 

 

10.4

%

 

 

122,490

 

 

 

100.8

%

Total

 

$

1,322,573

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

1,172,053

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

150,520

 

 

 

12.8

%

 

 

(1)

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, business loans include $195.9 million and $85.3 million, respectively, of PPP loans.

 

(2)

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, consumer loans include $35.5 million and $25.5 million of loans originated by the Bank pursuant to its arrangement with Grain.

 

The increase in the loan portfolio was primarily the result of a $110.6 million increase in PPP loans at September 30, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020. Based on current internal loan reviews, the Company believes that the quality of our underwriting, our weighted average loan-to-value ratio of 56.5% and our customer selection processes have served us well and provided us with a reliable base with which to maintain a well-protected loan portfolio.

Commercial real estate loans, as defined by applicable banking regulations, include multifamily residential, nonresidential properties, and construction and land mortgage loans. At September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, approximately 7.5% and 7.9%, respectively, of the outstanding principal balance of the Bank’s commercial real estate mortgage loans were secured by owner-occupied commercial real estate. Owner-occupied commercial real estate is similar in many ways to commercial and industrial lending in that these loans are generally made to businesses predominantly on the basis of the cash flows of the business rather than on valuation of the real estate.

 

Loan Payment Deferrals. As of September 30, 2021, five loans in the amount of $9.9 million remained in forbearance, in accordance with the CARES Act, as a result of renewed forbearance for a period of three months. Of the five loans receiving renewed forbearance, one loan in the amount of $6.6 million is related to construction real estate, three loans, totaling $2.9 million are related to one-to-four family residential real estate and one loan in the amount of $388,000 is related to non-residential properties. All of these loans had been performing in accordance with their contractual obligations prior to the granting of the initial forbearance. The Company actively monitors the business activities of borrowers in forbearance and seeks to determine their capacity to resume payments as contractually obligated upon the termination of the forbearance period. The extended forbearances are short-term modifications made on a good faith basis in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and in furtherance of governmental policies. Under the CARES Act, none of these loans are currently classified as a TDR.

 

Banking regulations have established guidelines relating to the amount of construction and land mortgage loans and investor- owned commercial real estate mortgage loans of 100% and 300% of total risk-based capital, respectively. Should a bank’s ratios be in excess of these guidelines, banking regulations generally require an increased level of monitoring in these lending areas by bank management. The Bank’s policy is to operate within the 100% guideline for construction and land mortgage loans and up to 400% for investor owned commercial real estate mortgage loans. Both ratios are calculated by dividing certain types of loan balances for each of the two categories by the Bank’s total risk-based capital. At September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Bank’s construction and land mortgage loans as a percentage of total risk-based capital was 78.7% and 68.3%, respectively. Investor owned commercial real estate mortgage loans as a percentage of total risk-based capital was 393.8% and 379.8% as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. At September 30, 2021, the Bank was within the 100% guideline for construction and land mortgage loans established by banking regulations, but exceeded the 300% guideline for investor owned commercial real estate mortgage loans. However, the Bank was within its 400% policy limit established by the Bank’s internal loan policy. Management believes that it has established the appropriate level of controls to monitor the Bank’s lending in these areas.

59


 

Mortgage Loans Held For Sale. Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value, at September 30, 2021 decreased $21.5 million to $13.9 million from $35.4 million at December 31, 2020.

 

Deposits.  The composition of deposits at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and changes in dollars and percentages are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

of Total

 

 

Amount

 

 

of Total

 

 

Dollars

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Demand (1)

 

$

297,777

 

 

 

23.8

%

 

$

189,855

 

 

 

18.5

%

 

$

107,922

 

 

 

56.8

%

Interest-bearing deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW/IOLA accounts

 

 

28,025

 

 

 

2.2

%

 

 

39,296

 

 

 

3.8

%

 

 

(11,271

)

 

 

(28.7

%)

Money market accounts

 

 

199,758

 

 

 

16.0

%

 

 

136,258

 

 

 

13.2

%

 

 

63,500

 

 

 

46.6

%

Reciprocal deposits

 

 

147,226

 

 

 

11.8

%

 

 

131,363

 

 

 

12.8

%

 

 

15,863

 

 

 

12.1

%

Savings accounts

 

 

142,851

 

 

 

11.4

%

 

 

125,820

 

 

 

12.2

%

 

 

17,031

 

 

 

13.5

%

Total NOW, money market, reciprocal and savings

 

 

517,860

 

 

 

41.5

%

 

 

432,737

 

 

 

42.0

%

 

 

85,123

 

 

 

19.7

%

Certificates of deposit of $250K or more

 

 

70,996

 

 

 

5.7

%

 

 

78,435

 

 

 

7.6

%

 

 

(7,439

)

 

 

(9.5

%)

Brokered certificates of deposit

 

 

83,505

 

 

 

6.7

%

 

 

52,678

 

 

 

5.1

%

 

 

30,827

 

 

 

58.5

%

Listing service deposits (2)

 

 

66,340

 

 

 

5.3

%

 

 

39,476

 

 

 

3.8

%

 

 

26,864

 

 

 

68.1

%

Certificates of deposit less than $250K

 

 

212,783

 

 

 

17.0

%

 

 

236,398

 

 

 

23.0

%

 

 

(23,615

)

 

 

(10.0

%)

Total certificates of deposit

 

 

433,624

 

 

 

34.7

%

 

 

406,987

 

 

 

39.5

%

 

 

26,637

 

 

 

6.5

%

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

 

951,484

 

 

 

76.2

%

 

 

839,724

 

 

 

81.5

%

 

 

111,760

 

 

 

13.3

%

Total deposits

 

$

1,249,261

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

1,029,579

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

219,682

 

 

 

21.3

%

 

 

(1)

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, included in demand deposits are deposits related to net PPP funding.

 

(2)

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were $28.9 million and $27.0 million, respectively, in individual listing service deposits amounting to $250,000 or more. All brokered certificates of deposit individually amounted to less than $250,000.

When wholesale funding is necessary to complement the Company's core deposit base, management determines which source is best suited to address both liquidity risk and interest rate risk management objectives. The Company’s Interest Rate Risk Policy imposes limitations on overall wholesale funding and noncore funding reliance. The overall reliance on wholesale funding and noncore funding were within those policy limitations as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. The Management Asset/Liability Committee generally meets on a bi-weekly basis to review funding needs, if any, and to ensure the Company operates within the approved limitations.

 

Advances from FHLBNY. The Bank had outstanding borrowings at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 of $106.3 million and $117.3 million, respectively. These borrowings are in the form of advances from the FHLBNY.

Warehouse Lines of Credit. Mortgage World maintains two warehouse lines of credit with financial institutions for the purpose of funding the origination and sale of residential mortgages. At September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, Mortgage World utilized $11.3 million and $30.0 million, respectively, for funding of mortgage loans held for sale and had unused lines of credit of $8.7 million and $4.9 million, respectively.

Stockholders’ Equity. The Company’s consolidated stockholders’ equity increased $14.3 million, or 9.0%, to $173.9 million at September 30, 2021 from $159.5 million at December 31, 2020. The $14.3 million increase in stockholders’ equity was mainly attributable to $10.4 million in net income, $3.1 million in net treasury stock activity, $1.1 million related to share-based compensation and $472,000 related to the Company’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan, offset by $756,000 related to unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities.   

 

 

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

The discussion of the Company’s results of operations for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 are presented below. The results of operations for interim periods may not be indicative of future results.

PDL Community Bancorp Consolidated

Overview. Net income for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was $2.1 million compared to net income of $4.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. Earnings per basic and diluted share was $0.12 for the three months ended September 30, 2021 compared to earnings per basic and diluted share of $0.24 for three months ended September 30, 2020. The $2.0 million decrease in net income for the three months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020

60


 

was due substantially to a decrease of $4.0 million in non-interest income primarily resulting from a decrease of $4.4 million in gain, net of expenses, on sale of real property. The decrease in net income was also attributable to an increase of $2.4 million in non-interest expense and an increase of $171,000 in provision for income taxes, offset by an increase of $4.6 million in net interest income.

Interest and Dividend Income.  Interest and dividend income increased $3.8 million, or 28.1%, to $17.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 from $13.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. Interest income on loans receivable, which is the Company’s primary source of income, increased $3.6 million, or 27.0%, to $17.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 from $13.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020 primarily due to an increase in average loans receivable due mostly to PPP lending. Average loans receivable increased $246.3 million, or 22.2% to $1.36 billion for the three months ended September 30, 2021 as compared to $1.11 billion for the three months ended September 30, 2020. Interest and dividend on available-for-sale securities and FHLBNY stock and deposits due from banks increased $206.0 million, or 90.4%, to $434,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2021 from $228,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2020.

Interest Expense.  Interest expense decreased $767,000, or 27.9%, to $2.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 from $2.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020, primarily due to lower market interest rates.

Net Interest Income.  Net interest income increased $4.6 million, or 42.3%, to $15.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 from $10.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The increase for the three months ended September 30, 2021 compared to three months ended September 30, 2020 was attributable to an increase of $3.8 million in interest and dividend income primarily due to an increase in average loans receivable due mostly to PPP lending and a decrease of $767,000 in interest expense due primarily to a lower average cost of funds on interest bearing liabilities. Net interest rate spread increased by 59 basis points to 3.92% for the three months ended September 30, 2021 from 3.33% for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The increase in the net interest rate spread for the three months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020 was primarily due to a decrease in the average rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities of 50 basis points to 0.74% for the three months ended September 30, 2021 from 1.24% for the three months ended September 30, 2020, and a slight increase in the average yields on interest-earning assets of 9 basis points to 4.66% for the three months ended September 30, 2021 from 4.57% for the three months ended September 30, 2020.

Net interest margin increased 48 basis points for the three months ended September 30, 2021, to 4.13% from 3.65% for the three months ended September 30, 2020, reflecting both our organic loan growth and the amortization of fee income from our PPP lending. The Federal Reserve Board reduced the federal funds interest rate by an aggregate of 225 basis points during the second half of 2019 and the first quarter of 2020. The 2020 rate cuts were in response to severe market turmoil as a result of the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Federal Reserve Board has stated that its federal funds interest rate policy may remain accommodative at least through 2023. This continuing low interest rate environment is expected to continue to put downward pressure on resetting adjustable rate instruments as well as reduced interest rates on new fixed-rate real estate loan and adjustable-rate loan originations and securities purchases as management’s ability to lower funding costs on interest-bearing deposits would more than likely not exceed the pace with the impact to the Company’s yields on its earning assets. Because the length of the COVID-19 pandemic and the efficacy of the extraordinary measures being put in place to address its economic consequences are unknown, including the 150 basis point reductions in the targeted federal funds rate in 2020, until the pandemic and the repercussions thereof subside, the Company expects its net interest income and net interest margin will be adversely affected in 2021 and possibly longer.

Non-Interest Income.  Non-interest income decreased $4.0 million, to $3.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 from $7.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The derease in non-interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020 was primarily due to decreases of $4.4 million in gain, net of expenses, from the sale of real property recognized in the third quarter of 2020, $197,000 in income on sale of mortgage loans attributable to Mortgage World, $177,000 in brokerage commissions and $30,000 in other non-interest income, offset by increases of $356,000 in loan origination fees attributable to Mortgage World, $258,000 in service charges and fees and $184,000 in late and prepayment charges.

Non-Interest Expense.  Non-interest expense increased $2.4 million, or 19.5%, to $14.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 from $12.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The increase in non-interest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2021, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020 primarily reflects increases of $873,000 in compensation and benefits, which was specifically related to the allocable portion of employee expenses related to the origination of PPP loans, netted against PPP loan origination fees received from the SBA recognized in the third quarter of 2020. Other increases in non-interest expense include $321,000 in data processing expenses, $279,000 in other operating expenses, $265,000 in occupancy and equipment expense, $259,000 in direct loan expenses, $240,000 in office supplies, telephone and postage and $212,000 in professional fees.

Income Tax Provision.  The Company had a provision for income tax expense of $1.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 compared to $1.1 million for three months ended September 30, 2020, resulting in effective tax rates of 39.1% and 22.2%, respectively. The increase in the  effective tax rate is attributable to an increase of $642,000 in the valuation allowance related to the unused non-deductible portion of the remaining charitable contribution deduction.

61


 

Segments.  The Company has two reportable segments: the Bank and Mortgage World. Income from the Bank consists primarily of interest and fees earned on loans and investment securities and service charges on deposit accounts. Income from Mortgage World consists primarily of taking of applications from the general public for residential mortgage loans, underwriting them to investors’ standards, closing and funding them and holding them until they are sold to investors.

The table below shows the results of operations for the Company’s segments, the Bank and Mortgage World, for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

Ponce Bank

 

 

Mortgage World

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Dollars

 

 

Percent

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Dollars

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Interest and dividend income

 

$

17,333

 

 

$

13,552

 

 

$

3,781

 

 

 

27.9

%

 

$

92

 

 

$

51

 

 

$

41

 

 

 

80.4

%

Interest expense

 

 

1,954

 

 

 

2,766

 

 

 

(812

)

 

 

(29.4

%)

 

 

72

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

67.4

%

Net interest income

 

 

15,379

 

 

 

10,786

 

 

 

4,593

 

 

 

42.6

%

 

 

20

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

150.0

%

Provision for loan losses

 

 

572

 

 

 

620

 

 

 

(48

)

 

 

(7.7

%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

14,807

 

 

 

10,166

 

 

 

4,641

 

 

 

45.7

%

 

 

20

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

150.0

%

Non-interest income

 

 

1,422

 

 

 

5,186

 

 

 

(3,764

)

 

 

(72.6

%)

 

 

2,081

 

 

 

2,194

 

 

 

(113

)

 

 

(5.2

%)

Non-interest expense

 

 

12,133

 

 

 

9,803

 

 

 

2,330

 

 

 

23.8

%

 

 

2,039

 

 

 

1,555

 

 

 

484

 

 

 

31.1

%

Income before income taxes

 

 

4,096

 

 

 

5,549

 

 

 

(1,453

)

 

 

(26.2

%)

 

 

62

 

 

 

647

 

 

 

(585

)

 

 

(90.4

%)

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

867

 

 

 

1,217

 

 

 

(350

)

 

 

(28.8

%)

 

 

(24

)

 

 

142

 

 

 

(166

)

 

 

(116.9

%)

Net income

 

$

3,229

 

 

$

4,332

 

 

$

(1,103

)

 

 

(25.5

%)

 

$

86

 

 

$

505

 

 

$

(419

)

 

 

(83.0

%)

 

 

62


 

 

Average Balance Sheets

The following tables set forth average outstanding balances, average yields and rates, and certain other information for the periods indicated. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments have been made, as the effects would be immaterial. Average balances are derived from average daily balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts, and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or interest expense.

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Yield/Rate (1)

 

 

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Yield/Rate (1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans (2)

 

$

1,356,130

 

 

$

16,991

 

 

 

4.97

%

 

$

1,109,799

 

 

$

13,375

 

 

 

4.79

%

Securities (3)

 

 

72,960

 

 

 

355

 

 

 

1.93

%

 

 

13,741

 

 

 

132

 

 

 

3.81

%

Other (4)

 

 

53,182

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

0.59

%

 

 

60,068

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

0.64

%

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

1,482,272

 

 

 

17,425

 

 

 

4.66

%

 

 

1,183,608

 

 

 

13,603

 

 

 

4.57

%

Non-interest-earning assets

 

 

90,110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

58,493

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

1,572,382

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,242,101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW/IOLA

 

$

30,221

 

 

$

23

 

 

 

0.30

%

 

$

29,687

 

 

$

40

 

 

 

0.54

%

Money market

 

 

323,840

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

0.36

%

 

 

224,339

 

 

 

422

 

 

 

0.75

%

Savings

 

 

137,078

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

0.10

%

 

 

121,355

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

0.12

%

Certificates of deposit

 

 

448,191

 

 

 

1,010

 

 

 

0.89

%

 

 

371,094

 

 

 

1,597

 

 

 

1.71

%

Total deposits

 

 

939,330

 

 

 

1,363

 

 

 

0.58

%

 

 

746,475

 

 

 

2,096

 

 

 

1.12

%

Advance payments by borrowers

 

 

10,061

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

0.04

%

 

 

7,756

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

0.05

%

Borrowings

 

 

117,824

 

 

 

621

 

 

 

2.09

%

 

 

126,729

 

 

 

655

 

 

 

2.06

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

1,067,215

 

 

 

1,985

 

 

 

0.74

%

 

 

880,960

 

 

 

2,752

 

 

 

1.24

%

Non-interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing demand

 

 

317,727

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

191,269

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

10,154

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,607

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

327,881

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

200,876

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

1,395,096

 

 

 

1,985

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,081,836

 

 

 

2,752

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

 

177,286

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

160,265

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and total equity

 

$

1,572,382

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.74

%

 

$

1,242,101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.24

%

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

$

15,440

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

10,851

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest rate spread (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.92

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.33

%

Net interest-earning assets (6)

 

$

415,057

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

302,648

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin (7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.13

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.65

%

Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

138.89

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

134.35

%

 

(1)

Annualized where appropriate.

(2)

Loans include loans and mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value.

(3)

Securities include available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity securities.

(4)

Includes FHLBNY demand account and FHLBNY stock dividends.

(5)

Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities.

(6)

Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.

(7)

Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

 

63


 

 

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on the Company’s net interest income for the periods indicated. The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The total column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2021 vs. 2020

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease) Due to

 

 

Total Increase

 

 

 

Volume

 

 

Rate

 

 

(Decrease)

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans (1)

 

$

1,226

 

 

$

2,390

 

 

$

3,616

 

Securities (2)

 

 

1,596

 

 

 

(1,373

)

 

 

223

 

Other

 

 

8

 

 

 

(25

)

 

 

(17

)

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

2,830

 

 

 

992

 

 

 

3,822

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW/IOLA

 

 

54

 

 

 

(71

)

 

 

(17

)

Money market

 

 

1,129

 

 

 

(1,257

)

 

 

(128

)

Savings

 

 

22

 

 

 

(23

)

 

 

(1

)

Certificates of deposit

 

 

3,079

 

 

 

(3,666

)

 

 

(587

)

Total deposits

 

 

4,284

 

 

 

(5,017

)

 

 

(733

)

Borrowings

 

 

(75

)

 

 

41

 

 

 

(34

)

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

4,209

 

 

 

(4,976

)

 

 

(767

)

Change in net interest income

 

$

(1,379

)

 

$

5,968

 

 

$

4,589

 

(1)Loans include loans and mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value.

(2) Securities include available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity securities.

 

Ponce Bank Segment

Total Assets. The Bank’s total assets increased $227.6 million, or 17.3%, to $1.54 billion at September 30, 2021 from $1.32 billion at December 31, 2020. The increase in the Bank’s total assets was primarily due to increases of $142.6 million in loans receivable, $86.9 million in available-for-sale securities, $4.0 million in other assets, $2.1 million in premises and equipment, $1.9 million in accrued interest receivable and $550,000 in deferred tax assets, offset by decreases of $9.4 million in cash and cash equivalents, $306,000 in held-to-maturity securities and $249,000 in placements with banks.

Net Income.  The Bank’s net income was $3.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 compared to net income of $4.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020.

Interest and Dividend Income.  Interest and dividend income increased $3.8 million, or 27.9%, to $17.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 from $13.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. Interest income on loans receivable, which is the Bank’s primary source of income, increased $3.5 million, or 26.8%, to $16.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 from $13.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020.

64


 

The following table presents interest income on loans receivable for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

1-4 Family residential

 

$

5,028

 

 

$

5,157

 

 

$

(129

)

 

 

(2.5

%)

Multifamily residential

 

 

3,566

 

 

 

3,311

 

 

 

255

 

 

 

7.7

%

Nonresidential properties

 

 

2,524

 

 

 

2,411

 

 

 

113

 

 

 

4.7

%

Construction and land

 

 

2,117

 

 

 

1,641

 

 

 

476

 

 

 

29.0

%

Business loans

 

 

2,996

 

 

 

746

 

 

 

2,250

 

 

 

301.6

%

Consumer loans

 

 

668

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

610

 

 

*

 

Total interest income on loans receivable

 

$

16,899

 

 

$

13,324

 

 

$

3,575

 

 

 

26.8

%

* Represents more than 500%.

The following table presents interest income on securities and FHLBNY stock and deposits due from banks for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Interest on deposits due from banks

 

$

9

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

2

 

 

 

28.6

%

Interest on available-for-sale securities

 

 

355

 

 

 

131

 

 

 

224

 

 

 

171.0

%

Dividend on FHLBNY stock

 

 

70

 

 

 

90

 

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(22.2

%)

Total interest and dividend income

 

$

434

 

 

$

228

 

 

$

206

 

 

 

90.4

%

Interest Expense.  Interest expense decreased $812,000, or 29.4%, to $2.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 from $2.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020.

The following table presents interest expense for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Certificates of deposit

 

$

1,010

 

 

$

1,597

 

 

$

(587

)

 

 

(36.8

%)

Money market

 

 

301

 

 

 

441

 

 

 

(140

)

 

 

(31.7

%)

Savings

 

 

35

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(5.4

%)

NOW/IOLA

 

 

22

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(43.6

%)

Advance payments by borrowers

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

Borrowings

 

 

585

 

 

 

651

 

 

 

(66

)

 

 

(10.1

%)

Total interest expense

 

$

1,954

 

 

$

2,766

 

 

$

(812

)

 

 

(29.4

%)

Net Interest Income.  Net interest income increased $4.6 million, or 42.6%, to $15.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 from $10.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020, primarily as a result of organic loan growth and a lower average cost of funds on interest bearing liabilities.

Provision for loan losses.  The provision for loan losses represents a charge to earnings necessary to establish the ALLL that, in management’s opinion, should be adequate to provide coverage for the inherent losses on outstanding loans.

In evaluating the level of the ALLL, management analyzes several qualitative loan portfolio risk factors including, but not limited to, management’s ongoing review and grading of loans, facts and issues related to specific loans, historical loan loss and delinquency experience, trends in past due and non-accrual loans, existing risk characteristics of specific loans or loan pools, the fair value of underlying collateral, current economic conditions and other qualitative and quantitative factors which could affect potential credit losses. See Note 1, “Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies —Allowance for Loan Losses” of the Notes to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

65


 

After an evaluation of these factors, the Bank established a provision for loan losses for the three months ended September 30, 2021 of $572,000 compared to $620,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2020. To the best of management’s knowledge, the Bank recorded all loan losses that are both probable and reasonably expected at September 30, 2021. However, future changes in the factors described above, including, but not limited to, actual loss experience with respect to the Bank’s loan portfolio, could result in material increases in the Bank’s provision for loan losses.

In addition, the OCC, as an integral part of its examination process, periodically reviews the Bank’s allowance for loan losses and as a result of such reviews, the Bank may determine to adjust the ALLL. However, regulatory agencies are not directly involved in establishing the ALLL as the process is management’s responsibility and any increase or decrease in the allowance is the responsibility of management. The Bank has selected the CECL model and has begun running parallel scenarios. The extent of the change to ALLL is indeterminable at this time as it will be dependent upon the portfolio composition and credit quality at the adoption date, as well as economic conditions and forecasts at that time. The Company is taking advantage of the extended transition period for complying with this new accounting standard. Assuming it remains a smaller reporting company, the Bank will adopt the CECL standard for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. See Note 1, “Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the CECL standard.  

Non-interest Income.  Non-interest income decreased $3.8 million to $1.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 from $5.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The decrease in non-interest income was primarily due to a $4.4 million gain, net of expenses, from sale of real property.

The following table presents non-interest income for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Service charges and fees

 

$

494

 

 

$

236

 

 

$

258

 

 

 

109.3

%

Brokerage commissions

 

 

79

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

88.1

%

Late and prepayment charges

 

 

329

 

 

 

145

 

 

 

184

 

 

 

126.9

%

Gain on sale of real property

 

 

 

 

 

4,412

 

 

 

(4,412

)

 

 

%

Other

 

 

520

 

 

 

351

 

 

 

169

 

 

 

48.1

%

Total non-interest income

 

$

1,422

 

 

$

5,186

 

 

$

(3,764

)

 

 

(72.6

%)

Non-interest Expense.  Non-interest expense increased $2.3 million, or 23.8%, to $12.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 from $9.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020.

The following table presents non-interest expense for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Compensation and benefits

 

$

4,825

 

 

$

4,385

 

 

$

440

 

 

 

10.0

%

Occupancy and equipment

 

 

2,805

 

 

 

2,418

 

 

 

387

 

 

 

16.0

%

Data processing expenses

 

 

917

 

 

 

585

 

 

 

332

 

 

 

56.8

%

Direct loan expenses

 

 

368

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

268

 

 

 

268.0

%

Insurance and surety bond premiums

 

 

147

 

 

 

134

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

9.7

%

Office supplies, telephone and postage

 

 

431

 

 

 

349

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

23.5

%

Professional fees

 

 

1,355

 

 

 

936

 

 

 

419

 

 

 

44.8

%

Marketing and promotional expenses

 

 

48

 

 

 

117

 

 

 

(69

)

 

 

(59.0

%)

Directors fees

 

 

67

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2.9

%)

Regulatory dues

 

 

74

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

51.0

%

Other operating expenses

 

 

1,096

 

 

 

661

 

 

 

435

 

 

 

65.8

%

Total non-interest expense

 

$

12,133

 

 

$

9,803

 

 

$

2,330

 

 

 

23.8

%

Mortgage World Segment

Total Assets. Mortgage World’s total assets decreased $17.4 million, or 45.2%, to $21.0 million at September 30, 2021 from $38.4 million at December 31, 2020. The decrease in Mortgage World’s total assets was primarily due to decreases of $20.4 million in

66


 

mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value, and $1.7 million in other assets, offset by an increase of $4.4 million in cash and cash equivalents.

Net Income.  Mortgage World had net income was $86,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2021 compared to net income of $505,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2020.

Non-interest Income.  Non-interest income decreased $113,000 to $2.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 from $2.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020.

The following table presents non-interest income for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Brokerage commissions

 

$

191

 

 

$

405

 

 

$

(214

)

 

 

(52.8

%)

Gain on sale of mortgage loans

 

 

1,175

 

 

 

1,372

 

 

 

(197

)

 

 

(14.4

%)

Loan origination

 

 

625

 

 

 

269

 

 

 

356

 

 

 

132.3

%

Other

 

 

90

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

(58

)

 

 

(39.2

%)

Total non-interest income

 

$

2,081

 

 

$

2,194

 

 

$

(113

)

 

 

(5.2

%)

Non-interest Expense.  Non-interest expense increased $484,000, or 31.1%, to $2.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 from $1.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020.

The following table presents non-interest expense for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Compensation and benefits

 

$

1,251

 

 

$

817

 

 

$

434

 

 

 

53.1

%

Occupancy and equipment

 

 

29

 

 

 

152

 

 

 

(123

)

 

 

(80.9

%)

Data processing

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

%

Direct loan expense

 

 

327

 

 

 

337

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(3.0

%)

Insurance and surety bond premiums

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

%

Office supplies, telephone and postage

 

 

195

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

158

 

 

 

427.0

%

Professional fees

 

 

94

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

193.8

%

Marketing and promotional expenses

 

 

3

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(70.0

%)

Other operating expenses

 

 

140

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(9.7

%)

Total non-interest expense

 

$

2,039

 

 

$

1,555

 

 

$

484

 

 

 

31.1

%

 


67


 

 

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

The discussion of the Company’s results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 are presented below. Included in the results of operations of the Company for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 are the results of operations of Mortgage World which was acquired on July 10, 2020. The results of operations for interim periods may not be indicative of future results.

PDL Community Bancorp Consolidated

Overview. Net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $10.4 million, compared to $2.2 million of net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, an increase of $8.2 million, or 369.0%. Earnings per basic and diluted share was $0.62 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to $0.13 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase in net income was primarily due to an $11.8 million increase in net interest income and a $193,000 decrease in provision for loan losses, partially offset by increases of $7.7 million in non-interest expense and $3.1 million in provision for income taxes.

Interest and Dividend Income.  Interest and dividend income increased $9.4 million, or 24.1%, to $48.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from $39.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Interest income on loans receivable, which is the Company’s primary source of income, increased $9.2 million, or 24.0%, to $47.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from $38.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, primarily due to an increase in average loans receivable due mostly to PPP lending. Average loans receivable increased $273.1 million, or 26.3%, to $1.31 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 as compared to $1.04 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Interest and dividend income on securities and FHLBNY stock and deposits due from banks increased $220,000, or 31.1%, to $927,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from $707,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Interest Expense.  Interest expense decreased $2.3 million, or 26.9%, to $6.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from $8.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, primarily due to lower market interest rates.

Net Interest Income.  Net interest income increased $11.8 million, or 38.8%, to $42.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from $30.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was attributable to an increase of $9.4 million in interest and dividend income primarily due to an increase in average loans receivable due mostly to PPP lending and a decrease of $2.3 million in interest expense due primarily to a lower average cost of funds on interest bearing liabilities. Net interest rate spread increased by 45 basis points to 3.77% for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from 3.32% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase in the net interest rate spread for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was primarily due to a decrease in the average rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities of 55 basis points to 0.83% for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from 1.38% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, offset by a decrease in the average yields in interest-earning assets of 10 basis points to 4.60% for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from 4.70% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Net interest margin increased 34 basis points for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, to 3.99% from 3.65% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, reflecting both our organic loan growth and the amortization of fee income from our PPP lending.  

Non-interest Income. Non-interest income increased $7.0 million, or 83.1%, to $15.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from $8.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase in non-interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was primarily due to increases of $2.6 million on sale of mortgage loans and $1.9 million in loan origination fees attributable to Mortgage World. Other increases in non-interest income include $597,000 in other non-interest income, $594,000 in late and prepayment charges, $560,000 in service charges and fees, $404,000 in brokerage commissions and $400,000 in gain, net of expenses, from on the sale of real property.

Non-interest Expense.  Non-interest expense increased $7.7 million, or 22.9%, to $41.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from $33.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase in non-interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was attributable to increases of $2.0 million in direct loan expenses, $1.4 million in occupancy and equipment expense, $1.4 million in professional fees, primarily due to an increase in consulting expenses related to a third-party service provider that provided loan origination services related to PPP loans, and $1.1 million in compensation and benefits. Other increases in non-interest expense include $790,000 in other operating expenses, $685,000 in data processing expenses and $103,000 in regulatory dues, offset by a decrease of $369,000 in marketing and promotional expenses.

68


 

Income Tax Provision.  The Company had a provision for income tax expense of $4.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to $898,000 for nine months ended September 30, 2020, resulting in effective tax rates of 27.5% and 28.8%, respectively.

Segments.  The Company has two reportable segments: the Bank and Mortgage World. Income from the Bank consists primarily of interest and fees earned on loans and investment securities and service charges on deposit accounts. Income from Mortgage World consists primarily of taking of applications from the general public for residential mortgage loans, underwriting them to investors’ standards, closing and funding them and holding them until they are sold to investors.

The table below shows the results of operations for the Company’s segments, the Bank and Mortgage World, for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

Ponce Bank

 

 

Mortgage World

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Dollars

 

 

Percent

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Dollars

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Interest and dividend income

 

$

48,122

 

 

$

38,975

 

 

$

9,147

 

 

 

23.5

%

 

$

324

 

 

$

51

 

 

$

273

 

 

 

535.3

%

Interest expense

 

 

6,220

 

 

 

8,879

 

 

 

(2,659

)

 

 

(29.9

%)

 

 

284

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

241

 

 

 

560.5

%

Net interest income

 

 

41,902

 

 

 

30,096

 

 

 

11,806

 

 

 

39.2

%

 

 

40

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

400.0

%

Provision for loan losses

 

 

1,844

 

 

 

2,037

 

 

 

(193

)

 

 

(9.5

%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

40,058

 

 

 

28,059

 

 

 

11,999

 

 

 

42.8

%

 

 

40

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

400.0

%

Non-interest income

 

 

9,193

 

 

 

6,639

 

 

 

2,554

 

 

 

38.5

%

 

 

7,081

 

 

 

2,194

 

 

 

4,887

 

 

 

222.7

%

Non-interest expense

 

 

32,742

 

 

 

29,661

 

 

 

3,081

 

 

 

10.4

%

 

 

6,840

 

 

 

1,555

 

 

 

5,285

 

 

 

339.9

%

Income before income taxes

 

 

16,509

 

 

 

5,037

 

 

 

11,472

 

 

 

227.8

%

 

 

281

 

 

 

647

 

 

 

(366

)

 

 

(56.6

%)

Provision for income taxes

 

 

3,717

 

 

 

1,266

 

 

 

2,451

 

 

 

193.6

%

 

 

74

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

(68

)

 

 

(47.9

%)

Net income

 

$

12,792

 

 

$

3,771

 

 

$

9,021

 

 

 

239.2

%

 

$

207

 

 

$

505

 

 

$

(298

)

 

 

(59.0

%)

 

 

 


69


 

 

Average Balance Sheets

The following tables set forth average outstanding balances, average yields and rates, and certain other information for the periods indicated. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments have been made, as the effects would be immaterial. Average balances are derived from average daily balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts, and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or interest expense.

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Yield/Rate (1)

 

 

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Yield/Rate (1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans (2)

 

$

1,309,765

 

 

$

47,519

 

 

 

4.85

%

 

$

1,036,706

 

 

$

38,319

 

 

 

4.94

%

Securities (3)

 

 

45,749

 

 

 

701

 

 

 

2.05

%

 

 

16,227

 

 

 

361

 

 

 

2.97

%

Other (4)

 

 

53,425

 

 

 

226

 

 

 

0.57

%

 

 

55,746

 

 

 

346

 

 

 

0.83

%

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

1,408,939

 

 

 

48,446

 

 

 

4.60

%

 

 

1,108,679

 

 

 

39,026

 

 

 

4.70

%

Non-interest-earning assets

 

 

73,493

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53,945

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

1,482,432

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,162,624

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW/IOLA

 

$

31,215

 

 

$

93

 

 

 

0.40

%

 

$

29,469

 

 

$

117

 

 

 

0.53

%

Money market

 

 

300,594

 

 

 

909

 

 

 

0.40

%

 

 

193,951

 

 

 

1,497

 

 

 

1.03

%

Savings

 

 

131,849

 

 

 

113

 

 

 

0.11

%

 

 

117,424

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

0.12

%

Certificates of deposit

 

 

428,653

 

 

 

3,337

 

 

 

1.04

%

 

 

375,303

 

 

 

5,154

 

 

 

1.83

%

Total deposits

 

 

892,311

 

 

 

4,452

 

 

 

0.67

%

 

 

716,147

 

 

 

6,877

 

 

 

1.28

%

Advance payments by borrowers

 

 

10,020

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

0.04

%

 

 

8,226

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

0.05

%

Borrowings

 

 

122,203

 

 

 

1,927

 

 

 

2.11

%

 

 

118,701

 

 

 

1,850

 

 

 

2.08

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

1,024,534

 

 

 

6,382

 

 

 

0.83

%

 

 

843,074

 

 

 

8,730

 

 

 

1.38

%

Non-interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing demand

 

 

275,865

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

155,158

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

12,182

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,927

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

288,047

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

161,085

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

1,312,581

 

 

 

6,382

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,004,159

 

 

 

8,730

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

 

169,851

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

158,465

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and total equity

 

$

1,482,432

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.83

%

 

$

1,162,624

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.38

%

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

$

42,064

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

30,296

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest rate spread(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.77

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.32

%

Net interest-earning assets (6)

 

$

384,405

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

265,605

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin (7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.99

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.65

%

Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

137.52

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

131.50

%

 

 

(1)

Annualized where appropriate.

(2)

Loans include loans and mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value.

(3)

Securities include available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity securities.

(4)

Includes FHLBNY demand account and FHLBNY stock dividends.

(5)

Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities.

(6)

Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.

(7)

Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

 

 

70


 

 

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on the Company’s net interest income for the periods indicated. The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The total column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2021 vs. 2020

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease) Due to

 

 

Total Increase

 

 

 

Volume

 

 

Rate

 

 

(Decrease)

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans (1)

 

$

10,376

 

 

$

(1,176

)

 

$

9,200

 

Securities (2)

 

 

761

 

 

 

(421

)

 

 

340

 

Other

 

 

19

 

 

 

(139

)

 

 

(120

)

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

11,156

 

 

 

(1,736

)

 

 

9,420

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW/IOLA

 

 

16

 

 

 

(40

)

 

 

(24

)

Money market

 

 

1,314

 

 

 

(1,902

)

 

 

(588

)

Savings

 

 

16

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

4

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

1,551

 

 

 

(3,368

)

 

 

(1,817

)

Total deposits

 

 

2,897

 

 

 

(5,322

)

 

 

(2,425

)

Borrowings

 

 

31

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

77

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

2,928

 

 

 

(5,276

)

 

 

(2,348

)

Change in net interest income

 

$

8,228

 

 

$

3,540

 

 

$

11,768

 

 

 

(1)

Loans include loans and mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value.

(2) Securities include available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity securities.

Ponce Bank Segment

Net Income.  The Bank’s net income was $12.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to net income of $3.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Interest Income.  Interest and dividend income increased $9.1 million, or 23.5%, to $48.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from $39.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Interest income on loans receivable, which is the Bank’s primary source of income, increased $8.9 million, or 23.3% to $47.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from $38.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

The following table presents interest income on loans receivable for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

1-4 Family residential

 

$

15,395

 

 

$

15,146

 

 

$

249

 

 

 

1.6

%

Multifamily residential

 

 

10,664

 

 

 

9,551

 

 

 

1,113

 

 

 

11.7

%

Nonresidential properties

 

 

7,315

 

 

 

7,330

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(0.2

%)

Construction and land

 

 

6,067

 

 

 

5,010

 

 

 

1,057

 

 

 

21.1

%

Business loans

 

 

5,361

 

 

 

1,120

 

 

 

4,241

 

 

 

378.7

%

Consumer loans

 

 

2,393

 

 

 

111

 

 

 

2,282

 

 

*

 

Total interest income on loans receivable

 

$

47,195

 

 

$

38,268

 

 

$

8,927

 

 

 

23.3

%

* Represents more than 500%.

71


 

The following table presents interest income on securities and FHLBNY stock and deposits due from banks for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Interest on deposits due from banks

 

$

13

 

 

$

76

 

 

$

(63

)

 

 

(82.9

%)

Interest on available-for-sale securities

 

 

701

 

 

 

360

 

 

 

341

 

 

 

94.7

%

Dividend on FHLBNY stock

 

 

213

 

 

 

271

 

 

 

(58

)

 

 

(21.4

%)

Total interest and dividend income

 

$

927

 

 

$

707

 

 

$

220

 

 

 

31.1

%

Interest Expense.  Interest expense decreased $2.7 million, or 29.9%, to $6.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from $8.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

The following table presents interest expense for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Certificates of deposit

 

$

3,337

 

 

$

5,154

 

 

$

(1,817

)

 

 

(35.3

%)

Money market

 

 

924

 

 

 

1,575

 

 

 

(651

)

 

 

(41.3

%)

Savings

 

 

113

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

3.7

%

NOW/IOLA

 

 

92

 

 

 

116

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(20.7

%)

Advance payments by borrowers

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

Borrowings

 

 

1,751

 

 

 

1,922

 

 

 

(171

)

 

 

(8.9

%)

Total interest expense

 

$

6,220

 

 

$

8,879

 

 

$

(2,659

)

 

 

(29.9

%)

Net Interest Income.  Net interest income increased $11.8 million, or 39.2%, to $41.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from $30.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, primarily as a result of organic loan growth and a lower average cost of funds on interest bearing liabilities.

Provision for loan losses.  The provision for loan losses represents a charge to earnings necessary to establish ALLL that, in management’s opinion, should be adequate to provide coverage for the inherent losses on outstanding loans.

The Bank established a provision for loan losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 of $1.8 million compared to $2.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The provision for loan losses during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and the increase in qualitative factors related to Grain during the period. The provision for loan losses during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 primarily reflects the Bank’s assessment of the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on borrowers and their ability to repay in the short-term.

Non-interest Income.  Non-interest income increased $2.6 million, or 38.5%, to $9.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from $6.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

The following table presents non-interest income for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Service charges and fees

 

$

1,189

 

 

$

629

 

 

$

560

 

 

 

89.0

%

Brokerage commissions

 

 

217

 

 

 

114

 

 

 

103

 

 

 

90.4

%

Late and prepayment charges

 

 

871

 

 

 

277

 

 

 

594

 

 

 

214.4

%

Gain on sale of real property

 

 

4,812

 

 

 

4,412

 

 

 

400

 

 

 

9.1

%

Other

 

 

2,104

 

 

 

1,207

 

 

 

897

 

 

 

74.3

%

Total non-interest income

 

$

9,193

 

 

$

6,639

 

 

$

2,554

 

 

 

38.5

%

72


 

 

Non-interest Expense.  Non-interest expense increased $3.1, or 10.4%, to $32.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from $29.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increases were primarily due to $1.6 million in professional fees primarily related to consulting expenses incurred with a third-party service provider that provided loan origination services related to PPP loans and $1.2 million in occupany and equipment. This was offset by a $2.1 million decrease in compensation and benefits which was specifically related to the allocable portion of employee expenses related to the origination of PPP loans, netted against PPP loan origination fees received from the SBA. Included in non-interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $935,000 of expenses incurred as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

The following table presents non-interest expense for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Compensation and benefits

 

$

11,252

 

 

$

13,340

 

 

$

(2,088

)

 

 

(15.7

%)

Occupancy and equipment

 

 

7,931

 

 

 

6,685

 

 

 

1,246

 

 

 

18.6

%

Data processing expenses

 

 

2,226

 

 

 

1,548

 

 

 

678

 

 

 

43.8

%

Direct loan expenses

 

 

1,495

 

 

 

511

 

 

 

984

 

 

 

192.6

%

Insurance and surety bond premiums

 

 

435

 

 

 

383

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

13.6

%

Office supplies, telephone and postage

 

 

1,186

 

 

 

977

 

 

 

209

 

 

 

21.4

%

Professional fees

 

 

4,670

 

 

 

3,256

 

 

 

1,414

 

 

 

43.4

%

Marketing and promotional expenses

 

 

121

 

 

 

496

 

 

 

(375

)

 

 

(75.6

%)

Directors fees

 

 

205

 

 

 

207

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(1.0

%)

Regulatory dues

 

 

254

 

 

 

151

 

 

 

103

 

 

 

68.2

%

Other operating expenses

 

 

2,967

 

 

 

2,107

 

 

 

860

 

 

 

40.8

%

Total non-interest expense

 

$

32,742

 

 

$

29,661

 

 

$

3,081

 

 

 

10.4

%

Mortgage World Segment

Net Income.  Mortgage World’s net income was $207,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to net income of $505,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Non-interest Income.  Non-interest income increased $4.9 million, or 222.7%, to $7.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from $2.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase in non-interest income was attributable to a $2.6 million gain on sale of mortgage loans and $1.9 million increase in loan origination fees.

The following table presents non-interest income for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Brokerage commissions

 

$

706

 

 

$

405

 

 

$

301

 

 

 

74.3

%

Gain on sale of mortgage loans

 

 

3,971

 

 

 

1,372

 

 

 

2,599

 

 

 

189.4

%

Loan origination

 

 

2,135

 

 

 

269

 

 

 

1,866

 

 

 

693.7

%

Other

 

 

269

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

81.8

%

Total non-interest income

 

$

7,081

 

 

$

2,194

 

 

$

4,887

 

 

 

222.7

%

 

73


 

 

Non-interest Expense.  Non-interest expense increased $5.3 million, or 339.9%, to $6.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from $1.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase was primarily due to increases of $3.2 million in compensation and benefits and $1.0 million in direct loan expense.

The following table presents non-interest expense for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Compensation and benefits

 

$

3,997

 

 

$

817

 

 

$

3,180

 

 

 

389.2

%

Occupancy and equipment

 

 

347

 

 

 

152

 

 

 

195

 

 

 

128.3

%

Data processing

 

 

18

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

63.6

%

Direct loan expense

 

 

1,360

 

 

 

337

 

 

 

1,023

 

 

 

303.6

%

Insurance and surety bond premiums

 

 

1

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(75.0

%)

Office supplies, telephone and postage

 

 

316

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

279

 

 

 

754.1

%

Professional fees

 

 

285

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

253

 

 

 

790.6

%

Marketing and promotional expenses

 

 

16

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

60.0

%

Other operating expenses

 

 

500

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

345

 

 

 

222.6

%

Total non-interest expense

 

$

6,840

 

 

$

1,555

 

 

$

5,285

 

 

 

339.9

%

Management of Market Risk

General. The most significant form of market risk is interest rate risk because, as a financial institution, the majority of the Bank’s assets and liabilities are sensitive to changes in interest rates. Therefore, a principal part of the Bank’s operations is to manage interest rate risk and limit the exposure of its financial condition and results of operations to changes in market interest rates. The Bank’s Asset/Liability Management Committee is responsible for evaluating the interest rate risk inherent in the Bank’s assets and liabilities, for determining the level of risk that is appropriate, given the business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with policies and guidelines approved by the Board of Directors. The Bank currently utilizes a third-party modeling solution that is prepared on a quarterly basis, to evaluate its sensitivity to changing interest rates, given the Bank’s business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the guidelines approved by the Board of Directors.

The Bank does not engage in hedging activities, such as engaging in futures, options or swap transactions, or investing in high-risk mortgage derivatives, such as collateralized mortgage obligation residual interests, real estate mortgage investment conduit residual interests or stripped mortgage backed securities. Mortgage World currently is not engaged in hedging activities to cover the risks of interest rate movements while it holds mortgages for sale. The current low mortgage interest rates and their limited volatility has effectively mitigated such risks. Should the mortgage interest rate environment change, Mortgage World may consider renewed hedging strategies.

Net Interest Income Simulation Models. Management utilizes a respected, sophisticated third party designed asset liability modeling software that measures the Bank’s earnings through simulation modeling. Earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities and off-balance sheet financial instruments are combined with forecasts of interest rates for the next 12 months and are combined with other factors in order to produce various earnings simulations over that same 12-month period. To limit interest rate risk, the Bank has policy guidelines for earnings risk which seek to limit the variance of net interest income in both gradual and instantaneous changes to interest rates. As of September 30, 2021, in the event of an instantaneous upward and downward change in rates from management's flat interest rate forecast over the next twelve months, assuming a static balance sheet, the following estimated changes are calculated:

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

 

 

Year 1 Change

 

Rate Shift (1)

 

Year 1 Forecast

 

 

from Level

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

+400

 

$

54,400

 

 

(6.60%)

 

+300

 

 

55,735

 

 

(4.31%)

 

+200

 

 

56,852

 

 

(2.39%)

 

+100

 

 

57,726

 

 

(0.89%)

 

Level

 

 

58,247

 

 

—%

 

-100

 

 

56,953

 

 

(2.22%)

 

 

(1)

Assumes an instantaneous uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.

74


 

Although an instantaneous and severe shift in interest rates was used in this analysis to provide an estimate of exposure under these scenarios, management believes that a gradual shift in interest rates would have a more modest impact. Further, the earnings simulation model does not take into account factors such as future balance sheet growth, changes in product mix, changes in yield curve relationships, and changing product spreads that could alter any potential adverse impact of changes in interest rates.

The behavior of the deposit portfolio in the baseline forecast and in alternate interest rate scenarios set out in the table above is a key assumption in the projected estimates of net interest income. The projected impact on net interest income in the table above assumes no change in deposit portfolio size or mix from the baseline forecast in alternative rate environments. In higher rate scenarios, any customer activity resulting in the replacement of low-cost or noninterest-bearing deposits with higher-yielding deposits or market-based funding would reduce the benefit in those scenarios.

At September 30, 2021, the earnings simulation model indicated that the Bank was in compliance with the Board of Directors approved Interest Rate Risk Policy.

Economic Value of Equity Model. While earnings simulation modeling attempts to determine the impact of a changing rate environment to net interest income, the Economic Value of Equity Model (“EVE”) measures estimated changes to the economic values of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items as a result of interest rate changes. Economic values are determined by discounting expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items, which establishes a base case EVE. Rates are then shocked as prescribed by the Interest Rate Risk Policy to measure the sensitivity in EVE values for each of those shocked rate scenarios versus the base case. The Interest Rate Risk Policy sets limits for those sensitivities. At September 30, 2021, the EVE modeling calculated the following estimated changes in EVE due to instantaneous upward and downward changes in rates:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EVE as a Percentage of Present

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Value of Assets (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Increase (Decrease) in

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase

 

Change in Interest

 

Estimated

 

 

EVE

 

 

EVE

 

 

(Decrease)

 

Rates (basis points) (1)

 

EVE (2)

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

Ratio (4)

 

 

(basis points)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

+400

 

$

149,586

 

 

$

(50,414

)

 

 

(25.21

%)

 

 

10.25

%

 

 

(2,521

)

+300

 

 

164,646

 

 

 

(35,354

)

 

 

(17.68

%)

 

 

11.05

%

 

 

(1,768

)

+200

 

 

178,564

 

 

 

(21,436

)

 

 

(10.72

%)

 

 

11.74

%

 

 

(1,072

)

+100

 

 

191,185

 

 

 

(8,815

)

 

 

(4.41

%)

 

 

12.31

%

 

 

(441

)

Level

 

 

200,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

12.64

%

 

 

 

-100

 

 

217,188

 

 

 

17,188

 

 

 

8.59

%

 

 

13.48

%

 

 

859

 

 

(1)

Assumes an instantaneous uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.

(2)

EVE is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts.

(3)

Present value of assets represents the discounted present value of incoming cash flows on interest-earning assets.

(4)

EVE Ratio represents EVE divided by the present value of assets.

Although an instantaneous and severe shift in interest rates was used in this analysis to provide an estimate of exposure under these scenarios, management believes that a gradual shift in interest rates would have a more modest impact. Since EVE measures the discounted present value of cash flows over the estimated lives of instruments, the change in EVE does not directly correlate to the degree that earnings would be impacted over a shorter time horizon (i.e., the current year). Further, EVE does not take into account factors such as future balance sheet growth, changes in product mix, changes in yield curve relationships, and changing product spreads that could alter the adverse impact of changes in interest rates.

At September 30, 2021, the EVE model indicated that the Bank was in compliance with the Board of Directors approved Interest Rate Risk Policy.

 

Most Likely Earnings Simulation Models.  Management also analyzes a most-likely earnings simulation scenario that projects the expected change in rates based on a forward yield curve adopted by management using expected balance sheet volumes forecasted by management.  Separate growth assumptions are developed for loans, investments, deposits, etc.  Other interest rate scenarios analyzed by management may include delayed rate shocks, yield curve steepening or flattening, or other variations in rate movements to further analyze or stress the balance sheet under various interest rate scenarios. Each scenario is evaluated by management and weighted to determine the most likely result. These processes assist management to better anticipate financial results and, as a result, management may determine the need to review other operating strategies and tactics which might enhance results or better position the balance sheet to reduce interest rate risk going forward.

75


 

Each of the above analyses may not, on its own, be an accurate indicator of how net interest income will be affected by changes in interest rates.  Income associated with interest-earning assets and costs associated with interest-bearing liabilities may not be affected uniformly by changes in interest rates.  In addition, the magnitude and duration of changes in interest rates may have a significant impact on net interest income.  For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods of repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates.  Interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities fluctuate in advance of changes in general market rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in general market rates.  In addition, certain assets, such as adjustable rate mortgage loans, have features (generally referred to as interest rate caps and floors) which limit changes in interest rates.  Prepayment and early withdrawal levels also could deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the maturity of certain instruments. The ability of many borrowers to service their debts also may decrease during periods of rising interest rates. The Asset/Liability Committee reviews each of the above interest rate sensitivity analyses along with several different interest rate scenarios as part of its responsibility to provide a satisfactory, consistent level of profitability within the framework of established liquidity, loan, investment, borrowing, and capital policies.

Management's model governance, model implementation and model validation processes and controls are subject to review in the Bank’s regulatory examinations to ensure they are in compliance with the most recent regulatory guidelines and industry and regulatory practices. Management utilizes a respected, sophisticated third party designed asset liability modeling software to help ensure implementation of management's assumptions into the model are processed as intended in a robust manner. That said, there are numerous assumptions regarding financial instrument behaviors that are integrated into the model. The assumptions are formulated by combining observations gleaned from the Bank’s historical studies of financial instruments and the best estimations of how, if at all, these instruments may behave in the future given changes in economic conditions, technology, etc. These assumptions may prove to be inaccurate. Additionally, given the large number of assumptions built into Bank’s asset liability modeling software, it is difficult, at best, to compare its results to other banks.

The Asset/Liability Management Committee may determine that the Company should over time become more or less asset or liability sensitive depending on the underlying balance sheet circumstances and its conclusions regarding interest rate fluctuations in future periods. The Federal Reserve Board decreased the targeted federal funds interest rate by an aggregate of 225 basis points during the second half of 2019 and the first quarter of 2020. The 2020 rate cuts were in response to unprecedented market turmoil as a result of the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Federal Reserve Board has stated that its federal funds interest rate policy will remain accommodative at least through 2023. The Company cannot make any representation as to whether, or how many times, the Federal Reserve Board will decrease or increase the targeted federal funds rate in the future.

GAP Analysis. In addition, management analyzes interest rate sensitivity by monitoring the Bank’s interest rate sensitivity "gap." The interest rate sensitivity gap is the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a specific time period and the amount of interest bearing-liabilities maturing or repricing within that same time period. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets maturing or repricing during a period exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities maturing or repricing during the same period, and a gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities maturing or repricing during a period exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive assets maturing or repricing during the same period.

The following table sets forth the Company’s interest-earning assets and its interest-bearing liabilities at September 30, 2021, which are anticipated to reprice or mature in each of the future time periods shown based upon certain assumptions. The amounts of assets and liabilities shown which reprice or mature during a particular period were determined in accordance with the earlier of term to repricing or the contractual maturity of the asset or liability. The table sets forth an approximation of the projected repricing of assets and liabilities at September 30, 2021, on the basis of contractual maturities, anticipated prepayments and scheduled rate adjustments.

76


 

The loan amounts in the table reflect principal balances expected to be redeployed and/or repriced as a result of contractual amortization and as a result of contractual rate adjustments on adjustable-rate loans.

 

 

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

 

Time to Repricing

 

 

 

Zero to 90 Days

 

 

Zero to

180 Days

 

 

Zero Days

to One

Year

 

 

Zero Days

to Two

Years

 

 

Zero Days

to Five

Years

 

 

Five Years

Plus

 

 

Total

Earning

Assets &

Costing

Liabilities

 

 

Non

Earning

Assets &

Non

Costing

Liabilities

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits in banks

 

$

33,673

 

 

$

33,673

 

 

$

33,673

 

 

$

33,673

 

 

$

33,673

 

 

$

33,673

 

 

$

33,673

 

 

$

29,365

 

 

$

63,038

 

Securities (1)

 

 

7,055

 

 

 

10,613

 

 

 

21,492

 

 

 

32,672

 

 

 

71,890

 

 

 

106,640

 

 

 

106,640

 

 

 

(845

)

 

 

105,795

 

Placements with banks

 

 

2,490

 

 

 

2,490

 

 

 

2,490

 

 

 

2,490

 

 

 

2,490

 

 

 

2,490

 

 

 

2,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,490

 

Net loans (includes LHFS)

 

 

208,491

 

 

 

301,316

 

 

 

481,061

 

 

 

720,244

 

 

 

1,272,532

 

 

 

1,310,042

 

 

 

1,310,042

 

 

 

6,126

 

 

 

1,316,168

 

FHLBNY stock

 

 

6,001

 

 

 

6,001

 

 

 

6,001

 

 

 

6,001

 

 

 

6,001

 

 

 

6,001

 

 

 

6,001

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,001

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

67,060

 

 

 

67,060

 

Total

 

$

257,710

 

 

$

354,093

 

 

$

544,717

 

 

$

795,080

 

 

$

1,386,586

 

 

$

1,458,846

 

 

$

1,458,846

 

 

$

101,706

 

 

$

1,560,552

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-maturity deposits

 

$

55,665

 

 

$

111,330

 

 

$

222,660

 

 

$

298,077

 

 

$

473,651

 

 

$

544,407

 

 

$

544,407

 

 

$

271,230

 

 

$

815,637

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

76,624

 

 

 

144,112

 

 

 

251,148

 

 

 

303,533

 

 

 

430,001

 

 

 

434,001

 

 

 

434,001

 

 

 

(377

)

 

 

433,624

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

12,880

 

 

 

77,880

 

 

 

106,255

 

 

 

106,255

 

 

 

106,255

 

 

 

106,255

 

 

 

31,149

 

 

 

137,404

 

Total liabilities

 

 

132,289

 

 

 

268,322

 

 

 

551,688

 

 

 

707,865

 

 

 

1,009,907

 

 

 

1,084,663

 

 

 

1,084,663

 

 

 

302,002

 

 

 

1,386,665

 

Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

173,887

 

 

 

173,887

 

Total liabilities and capital

 

$

132,289

 

 

$

268,322

 

 

$

551,688

 

 

$

707,865

 

 

$

1,009,907

 

 

$

1,084,663

 

 

$

1,084,663

 

 

$

475,889

 

 

$

1,560,552

 

Asset/liability gap

 

$

125,421

 

 

$

85,771

 

 

$

(6,971

)

 

$

87,215

 

 

$

376,679

 

 

$

374,183

 

 

$

374,183

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gap/assets ratio

 

 

194.81

%

 

 

131.97

%

 

 

98.74

%

 

 

112.32

%

 

 

137.30

%

 

 

134.50

%

 

 

134.50

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity securities.

 

 

The following table sets forth the Company’s interest-earning assets and its interest-bearing liabilities at December 31, 2020, which are anticipated to reprice or mature in each of the future time periods shown based upon certain assumptions. The amounts of assets and liabilities shown which reprice or mature during a particular period were determined in accordance with the earlier of term to repricing or the contractual maturity of the asset or liability. The table sets forth an approximation of the projected repricing of assets and liabilities at December 31, 2020, on the basis of contractual maturities, anticipated prepayments and scheduled rate adjustments. The loan amounts in the table reflect principal balances expected to be redeployed and/or repriced as a result of contractual amortization and as a result of contractual rate adjustments on adjustable-rate loans.

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Time to Repricing

 

 

 

Zero to

90 Days

 

 

Zero to

180 Days

 

 

Zero Days

to One

Year

 

 

Zero Days

to Two

Years

 

 

Zero Days

to Five

Years

 

 

Five

Years

Plus

 

 

Total

Earning

Assets &

Costing

Liabilities

 

 

Non

Earning

Assets &

Non

Costing

Liabilities

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits in banks

 

$

72,078

 

 

$

72,078

 

 

$

72,078

 

 

$

72,078

 

 

$

72,078

 

 

$

72,078

 

 

$

72,078

 

 

$

 

 

$

72,078

 

Securities (1)

 

 

802

 

 

 

1,514

 

 

 

6,183

 

 

 

7,865

 

 

 

10,883

 

 

 

19,094

 

 

 

19,094

 

 

 

147

 

 

 

19,241

 

Placement with banks

 

 

2,739

 

 

 

2,739

 

 

 

2,739

 

 

 

2,739

 

 

 

2,739

 

 

 

2,739

 

 

 

2,739

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,739

 

Net loans (includes LHFS)

 

 

182,337

 

 

 

273,469

 

 

 

451,205

 

 

 

710,938

 

 

 

1,147,028

 

 

 

1,195,099

 

 

 

1,195,099

 

 

 

(1,053

)

 

 

1,194,046

 

FHLBNY stock

 

 

6,426

 

 

 

6,426

 

 

 

6,426

 

 

 

6,426

 

 

 

6,426

 

 

 

6,426

 

 

 

6,426

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,426

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60,701

 

 

 

60,701

 

Total

 

$

264,382

 

 

$

356,226

 

 

$

538,631

 

 

$

800,046

 

 

$

1,239,154

 

 

$

1,295,436

 

 

$

1,295,436

 

 

$

59,795

 

 

$

1,355,231

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-maturity deposits

 

$

16,445

 

 

$

30,887

 

 

$

59,771

 

 

$

117,545

 

 

$

256,222

 

 

$

449,570

 

 

$

449,570

 

 

$

173,022

 

 

$

622,592

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

103,737

 

 

 

168,744

 

 

 

271,229

 

 

 

353,272

 

 

 

402,987

 

 

 

406,987

 

 

 

406,987

 

 

 

 

 

 

406,987

 

Other liabilities

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

120,324

 

 

 

148,699

 

 

 

148,699

 

 

 

148,699

 

 

 

17,409

 

 

 

166,108

 

Total liabilities

 

 

128,182

 

 

 

207,631

 

 

 

339,000

 

 

 

591,141

 

 

 

807,908

 

 

 

1,005,256

 

 

 

1,005,256

 

 

 

190,431

 

 

 

1,195,687

 

Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

159,544

 

 

 

159,544

 

Total liabilities and capital

 

$

128,182

 

 

$

207,631

 

 

$

339,000

 

 

$

591,141

 

 

$

807,908

 

 

$

1,005,256

 

 

$

1,005,256

 

 

$

349,975

 

 

$

1,355,231

 

Asset/liability gap

 

$

136,200

 

 

$

148,595

 

 

$

199,631

 

 

$

208,905

 

 

$

431,246

 

 

$

290,180

 

 

$

290,180

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gap/assets ratio

 

 

206.26

%

 

 

171.57

%

 

 

158.89

%

 

 

135.34

%

 

 

153.38

%

 

 

128.87

%

 

 

128.87

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity securities.

 

77


 

 

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodologies used in the above interest rate risk measurements. Modeling changes require making certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the net interest income and EVE tables presented assume that the composition of the interest-sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although the net interest income and EVE tables provide an indication of the interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on net interest income and EVE and will differ from actual results. Furthermore, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable-rate loans, have features that restrict changes in interest rates both on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. In the event of changes in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the gap table.

Interest rate risk calculations also may not reflect the fair values of financial instruments. For example, decreases in market interest rates can increase the fair values of loans, deposits and borrowings.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity describes the ability to meet the financial obligations that arise in the ordinary course of business. Liquidity is primarily needed to meet the borrowing and deposit withdrawal requirements of the Company’s customers and to fund current and future planned expenditures. The primary sources of funds are deposits, principal and interest payments on loans and securities and proceeds from the sale of loans. The Bank also has access to borrow from the FHLBNY. At September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Bank had $106.3 million and $117.3 million, respectively, of term and overnight outstanding advances from the FHLBNY, and also had a guarantee from the FHLBNY through letters of credit of up to $31.5 million and $61.5 million, respectively. At September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there was eligible collateral of approximately $356.7 million and $336.8 million, respectively, in mortgage loans available to secure advances from the FHLBNY. The Bank also has an unsecured line of credit of $25.0 million with a correspondent bank, of which there was none outstanding at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. The Bank did not have any outstanding securities sold under repurchase agreements with brokers as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

Mortgage World maintains two warehouse lines of credit with financial institutions for the purpose of funding the origination and sale of residential mortgage loans. As of September 30, 2021, the maximum credit line of $20.0 million, of which $11.3 million was utilized, with $8.7 million remaining unused. As of December 31, 2020, the maximum credit line of $34.9 million, of which $30.0 million was utilized, with $4.9 million remaining unused.

Although maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by market interest rates, economic conditions, and competition. The most liquid assets are cash and interest-bearing deposits in banks. The levels of these assets are dependent on operating, financing, lending, and investing activities during any given period.

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities was $28.0 million and ($2.6 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Net cash (used in) investing activities, which consists primarily of disbursements for loan originations, purchases of new securities, and purchase of equipment offset by principal collections on loans, proceeds from maturing securities and pay downs on mortgage-backed securities, and proceeds from the sale of real estate was $(230.2 million) and $(149.2 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Net cash provided by financing activities, consisting of activities in deposit accounts, advances, and repurchase and sale of shares as treasury stock, was $193.1 million and $200.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

At September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, all regulatory capital requirements were met, resulting in the Company and the Bank being categorized as well capitalized at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Management is not aware of any conditions or events that would change this categorization.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

Commitments. As a financial services provider, the Company routinely is a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit. Although these contractual obligations represent the Company’s future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans originated. At September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had outstanding commitments to originate loans and extend credit of $229.9 million and $151.3 million, respectively.

It is anticipated that the Company will have sufficient funds available to meet its current lending commitments. Certificates of deposit that are scheduled to mature in less than one year from September 30, 2021 totaled $251.0 million. Management expects that a substantial portion of the maturing time deposits will be renewed. However, if a substantial portion of these deposits are not retained, the Company may

78


 

utilize FHLBNY advances, unsecured credit lines with correspondent banks, or raise interest rates on deposits to attract new accounts, which may result in higher levels of interest expense.

Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of its operations, the Company enters into certain contractual obligations. Such obligations include data processing services, operating leases for premises and equipment, agreements with respect to borrowed funds and deposit liabilities.

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

The information required by this item is included in Part I, Item 2 of this report under “Management of Market Risk”.

Item 4. Controls and Procedures.

An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) or Rule 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of September 30, 2021.  Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, concluded that the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

During the three months ended September 30, 2021, there were no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, its internal controls over financial reporting.

79


 

PART II—OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings.

The Company is not involved in any pending legal proceedings as a plaintiff or a defendant other than routine legal proceeding occurring in the ordinary course of business. At September 30, 2021, the Company was not involved in any legal proceedings the outcome of which management believes would be material to its financial condition or results of operations.

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

The risk factors presented below supplement, update, supersede and/or replace, as appropriate, the risk factors found in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 (“2020 Annual Report”) filed with the SEC on March 29, 2021 and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the six months ended June 30, 2021, filed with the SEC on August 16, 2021.

If we receive approval of our application to the U.S. Treasury for an investment under the Emergency Capital Investment Program, in exchange for the issuance of senior perpetual preferred stock, we may not be able to effectively deploy the funds and it may present unanticipated and uncustomary issues.  

We filed an application with the Treasury for an investment by Treasury in the amount of $225.0 million under the ECIP, created pursuant to the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021. Under the ECIP, Treasury will provide investment capital directly to depository institutions that are CDFIs or MDIs, such as the Bank, to provide loans, grants, and forbearance to small businesses, minority-owned businesses, and consumers in low-income and underserved communities. If made, Treasury’s investment would be in exchange for Ponce Financial issuing senior perpetual noncumulative preferred stock directly to Treasury on terms established by the Treasury. If Treasury makes the investment, we may not be able to effectively deploy the funds or do so in an appropriate time frame. The ECIP funds will put demands on our management team which may require the hiring of additional executives. Treasury will be a stockholder of Ponce Financial, which may present unanticipated and uncustomary issues. The issuance of senior preferred stock to the Treasury may affect our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. We cannot provide any assurance or guarantee concerning whether our application will be approved, that the $225.0 million applied for will be accepted, in whole or in part, what the actual terms, conditions and preferences of the senior preferred stock will be or whether they will be acceptable.

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.

 

During the three months ended September 30, 2021, the Company had no unregistered sales of equity securities and the Company did not repurchase any equity securities.

 

Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities.

None

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

None

Item 5. Other Information.

None

80


 

Item 6. Exhibits

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

 

 

 

2.1

 

Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company dated May 25, 2021 (attached as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K (Filed No. 001-38224) filed with the Commission on May 25, 2021).

 

 

 

2.2*

 

Amended Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company dated September 15, 2021.

 

 

 

    3.1

 

Charter of PDL Community Bancorp (attached as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s amendment No. 1 to the Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on May 22, 2017).

 

 

 

    3.2

 

Bylaws of PDL Community Bancorp (attached as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s amendment No. 2 to the Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on July 27, 2017.

 

 

 

    4.1

 

Form of Common Stock Certificate of PDL Community Bancorp (attached as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s amendment No. 2 to the Form S-1 (File No, 333-217275) filed with the Commission on July 27, 2017).

 

 

 

    4.2

 

Description of Registrant’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (attached as Exhibit 4.2 Form 10-K (File No. 001-38224) filed with the Commission on March 17, 2020).

 

 

 

  10.1

 

Ponce Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (attached as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on April 12, 2017).

 

 

 

  10.2

 

Ponce Bank ESOP Equalization Plan (attached as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on April 12, 2017).

 

 

 

  10.3

 

Ponce De Leon Federal Deferred Compensation Plan (attached as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on April 12, 2017).

 

 

 

  10.4

 

Employment Agreement dated as of March 23, 2017, by and between Ponce de Leon Federal Bank and Carlos P. Naudon (attached as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on April 12, 2017).

 

 

 

  10.5

 

Form of Employment Agreement to be entered into by and among Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company, PDL Community Bancorp and Carlos P. Naudon (attached as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on April 12, 2017).

 

 

 

  10.6

 

Employment Agreement dated March 23, 2017, by and between Ponce De Leon Federal Bank and Steven Tsavaris (attached as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on April 12, 2017).

 

 

 

  10.7

 

Form of Employment Agreement to be entered into by and among Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company, PDL Community Bancorp and Steven Tsavaris (attached as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on April 12, 2017).

 

 

 

  10.8

 

Employment Agreement dated March 31, 2017, by and between Ponce De Leon Federal Bank and Frank Perez (attached as Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on April 12, 2017).

 

 

 

  10.9

 

Form of Employment Agreement to be entered into by and among Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company, PDL Community Bancorp and Frank Perez (attached as Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on April 12, 2017).

 

 

 

  10.10

 

Specimen Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Employees (attached as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-38224) filed with the Commission on December 12, 2018).

 

 

 

  10.11

 

Specimen Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (attached as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-38224) filed with the Commission on December 12, 2018).

 

 

 

  10.12

 

Specimen Form of Stock Option Agreement for Employees (attached as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-38224) filed with the Commission on December 12, 2018).

 

 

 

  10.13

 

Specimen Form of Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (attached as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-38224) filed with the Commission on December 12, 2018).

81


 

 

 

 

  21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant (attached as Exhibit 21.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K/A (File No. 001-38224) filed with the Commission on May 24, 2021).

 

 

 

  31.1*

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

  31.2*

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

  32.1*

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

  32.2*

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

101.INS

 

Inline XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

104

 

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

 

*

Filed herewith.

 

82


 

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

PDL Community Bancorp

(Registrant)

 

 

 

 

Date:  November 15, 2021

 

By:

/s/ Carlos P.  Naudon

 

 

 

Carlos P. Naudon

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Date:  November 15, 2021

 

By:

/s/ Frank Perez

 

 

 

Frank Perez

 

 

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

83


Exhibit 2.2

 

AMENDED PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

OF

PONCE BANK MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY

September 15, 2021

92037747v.4

 

 

 


 

 

AMENDED PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION
OF
Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

INTRODUCTION

1

2.

DEFINITIONS

1

3.

PROCEDURES FOR CONVERSION

6

4.

HOLDING COMPANY APPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS

8

5.

SALE OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

8

6.

PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

9

7.

RETENTION OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS BY THE HOLDING COMPANY

9

8.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)

10

9.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)

10

10.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)

10

11.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)

11

12.

COMMUNITY OFFERING

11

13.

SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING OR FIRM COMMITMENT UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING

12

14.

LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES

12

15.

PAYMENT FOR SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

14

16.

MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS

14

17.

UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORM; INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT

15

18.

RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES

15

19.

ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNTS

15

20.

CONTRIBUTION TO THE FOUNDATION

17

21.

VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS

18

22.

RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OR SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION

18

23.

REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

18

24.

TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

19

25.

REGISTRATION AND MARKETING

19

26.

TAX RULINGS OR OPINIONS

19

27.

STOCK BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

19

28.

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANK AND HOLDING COMPANY

20

29.

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND REPURCHASE OF STOCK

21

30.

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

21

31.

CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION AND EFFECTIVE DATE

21

32.

EXPENSES OF CONVERSION

21

33.

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

21

34.

CONDITIONS TO CONVERSION

22

35.

INTERPRETATION

22

 

Exhibit A

Form of Agreement of Merger between Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company and PDL Community Bancorp

Exhibit B

Form of Agreement of Merger between PDL Community Bancorp and Ponce Financial Group, Inc.

 

 


 

 

AMENDED PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION OF
Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company

1.

INTRODUCTION

This Amended Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) provides for the conversion of Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company, a federal mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”), from the mutual to the capital stock form of organization. The Mutual Holding Company currently owns a majority of the common stock of PDL Community Bancorp., a federal stock corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”), which owns 100% of the common stock of Ponce Bank (the “Bank”), a federally-chartered stock savings association. A new stock holding company (the “Holding Company”) will be established as part of the Conversion, will succeed to all the rights and obligations of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company, and will issue Holding Company Common Stock in the Conversion. The purpose of the Conversion is to convert the Mutual Holding Company to the capital stock form of organization which will provide the Bank and the Holding Company with additional capital to grow and to respond to changing regulatory and market conditions. The Conversion will also provide the Bank and the Holding Company greater flexibility to effect corporate transactions, including mergers, acquisitions and branch expansions. The Holding Company Common Stock will be offered for sale in the Offering upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. The subscription rights granted to Participants in the Subscription Offering are set forth in Sections 8 through 11 hereof. All sales of Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering, in the Syndicated Community Offering or in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the Bank Regulators, will be at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Holding Company. As part of the Conversion, each Minority Stockholder will receive Holding Company Common Stock in exchange for Minority Shares. The Conversion will have no impact on depositors, borrowers or other customers of the Bank except for their member rights in the Mutual Holding Company. After the Conversion, the Bank’s insured deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by applicable law.

In furtherance of the Bank’s commitment to its community, this Plan contemplates that a contribution of Holding Company Common Stock and/or cash, subject to regulatory limitations, will be made to the Foundation. The funding of the Foundation is intended to enhance the Bank’s existing community reinvestment activities in a manner that will allow the Bank’s local communities to share in the growth and profitability of the Holding Company and the Bank over the long term.

This Plan has been adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank. This Plan also must be approved by at least (i) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members at the Special Meeting of Members, (ii) two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders, and (iii) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders. Approval of this Plan by the Voting Members shall constitute approval of each of the transactions necessary to implement this Plan, including the MHC Merger and the Mid-Tier Merger, by Voting Members in their capacity as members of the Mutual Holding Company. The Federal Reserve must approve this Plan before it is presented to Voting Members and Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company for their approval.

2.

DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this Plan, the following terms have the following meanings:

Account Holder – Any Person holding a Deposit Account in the Bank.

Acting in Concert – The term Acting in Concert means (i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. A person or company which acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person

1


 

who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the plan will be aggregated.

Affiliate – Any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another Person.

Appraised Value Range – The range of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company, which shall also be equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion, as determined by the Independent Appraiser prior to the Subscription Offering and as it may be amended from time to time thereafter. The maximum and minimum of the Appraised Value Range may vary as much as 15% above and 15% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Appraised Value Range.

Articles of Combination – The Articles of Combination filed with the Federal Reserve and any similar documents filed with the Bank Regulators in connection with the consummation of any merger relating to the Conversion.

Articles of Merger – The Articles of Merger filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Maryland and any similar documents in connection with the consummation of any merger relating to the Conversion.

Associate – The term Associate when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means (i) any corporation or organization (other than the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Bank) if the person is a senior officer or partner or beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of equity securities of the corporation or organization, (ii) any trust or other estate, if the person has a substantial beneficial interest in the trust or estate or is a trustee or fiduciary of the trust or estate except that for the purposes of this Plan relating to subscriptions in the Offering and the sale of Subscription Shares following the Conversion, a person who has a substantial beneficial interest in any Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, or who is a trustee or fiduciary of such plan, is not an Associate of such plan, and except that, for purposes of aggregating total shares that may be held by Officers and Directors the term “Associate” does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, and (iii) any person who is related by blood or marriage to such person and (A) who lives in the same home as such person or (B) who is a Director or Officer of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank or the Holding Company, or any of their parents or subsidiaries.

Bank – Ponce Bank, Bronx, New York.

Bank Liquidation Account – The account established by the Bank representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in connection with the Conversion.

Bank Regulators – The Federal Reserve and other bank regulatory agencies, if any, responsible for reviewing and approving the Conversion, including the ownership of the Bank by the Holding Company and the mergers required to effect the Conversion.

Code – The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Community – Bronx - Bronx County; Manhattan – New York County; Queens – Queens County; and Brooklyn – Kings County, New York and Hudson County, New Jersey.

Community Offering – The offering of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering for sale to certain members of the general public directly by the Holding Company. The Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering, any Syndicated Community Offering or both, or upon conclusion of the Subscription Offering.

2


 

Control – (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”) means the direct or indirect power to direct or exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise as described in 12 C.F.R. Part 238.

Conversion – The conversion and reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company to stock form pursuant to this Plan, and all steps incident or necessary thereto, including the Offering and the Exchange Offering.

Conversion Stock – The Subscription Shares, the Exchange Shares and the Foundation Shares.

Deposit AccountAny withdrawable account as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 239.2(r) and 12 CFR § 239.52(j).

Director – A member of the Board of Directors of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company, as appropriate in the context.

Eligible Account Holder – Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining subscription rights and establishing subaccount balances in the Liquidation Account.

Eligibility Record Date – The date for determining Eligible Account Holders of the Bank, which is April 30, 2020.

Employees – All Persons who are employed by the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Mutual Holding Company, Mortgage World Bankers Inc. or the Holding Company.

Employee Plans – Any one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans of the Bank, its subsidiaries or the Holding Company, including any KSOP.

Exchange Offering – The offering of Holding Company Common Stock to Minority Stockholders in exchange for Minority Shares.

Exchange Ratio – The rate at which shares of Holding Company Common Stock are exchanged for Minority Shares upon consummation of the Conversion. The Exchange Ratio (which shall be rounded to four decimal places) shall be determined such that as of the closing of the Conversion the rate will result in the Minority Stockholders owning in the aggregate the same percentage of the outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock immediately upon completion of the Conversion as the percentage of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock owned by them in the aggregate immediately prior to the consummation of the Conversion before giving effect to (a) cash in lieu of any fractional shares and (b) any Subscription Shares purchased by Minority Stockholders in the Offering; provided that, the exchange ratio will be adjusted to reflect assets held by the Mutual Holding Company (other than shares of stock of Mid-Tier Holding Company).

Exchange Shares – The shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued to Minority Stockholders in the Exchange Offering.

FDIC – The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Federal Reserve – The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering – The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering, to members of the general public through one or more underwriters. A Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering may occur following the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering.

Foundation –Ponce De Leon Foundation, a charitable foundation which qualifies as an exempt organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended that will receive Holding Company Common Stock and/or cash in connection with the Offering.

3


 

Foundation Shares – Shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued to the Foundation in connection with the Conversion.

Holding Company – The Maryland corporation formed for the purpose of acquiring all of the shares of capital stock of the Bank in connection with the Conversion. Shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be issued in the Conversion to Participants, Minority Stockholders and others in the Conversion.

Holding Company Common Stock – The common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Holding Company.

Independent Appraiser – The appraiser retained by the Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Holding Company.

KSOP – The Bank’s KSOP, Employee Stock Ownership Plan with 401K Provisions.

Liquidation Account – The account established by the Holding Company representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in connection with the Conversion in exchange for their interests in the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion.

Majority Ownership Interest – A fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of shares of Mid–Tier Holding Company common stock owned by the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the completion of the Conversion, and the denominator of which is equal to the total number of shares of Mid–Tier Holding Company common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the Conversion.

Meeting of Stockholders – The special or annual meeting of stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and any adjournments thereof held to consider and vote upon this Plan.

Member – Any Person who qualifies as a member of the Mutual Holding Company pursuant to its charter.

MHC Merger – The merger of the Mutual Holding Company with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company, with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving entity, which merger shall occur immediately prior to completion of the Conversion, as set forth in this Plan.

Mid-Tier Holding Company – PDL Community Bancorp, the federal corporation that owns 100% of the Bank’s common stock and any successor thereto.

Mid-Tier Merger – The merger of the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the resulting entity, which merger shall occur immediately following the MHC Merger and prior to the completion of the Conversion, as set forth in this Plan.

Minority Shares – Any outstanding common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, or shares of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company issuable upon the exercise of options or grant of stock awards, owned by persons other than the Mutual Holding Company.

Minority Stockholder – Any owner of Minority Shares.

Mutual Holding Company – Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company, the mutual holding company of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

Offering – The offering and issuance, pursuant to this Plan, of Holding Company Common Stock in a Subscription Offering, Community Offering and/or Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, as the case may be. The term “Offering” does not include Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Exchange Offering.

Offering Range – The range of the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering multiplied by the Subscription Price. The Offering Range shall be equal to the Appraised Value Range

4


 

multiplied by the Majority Ownership Interest (as adjusted to reflect assets held by Mutual Holding Company other than shares of stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company). The maximum and minimum of the Offering Range may vary as much as 15% above and 15% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Offering Range.

Officer – The term Officer means the president, any vice-president (but not an assistant vice-president, second vice-president, or other vice president having authority similar to an assistant or second vice-president), the secretary, the treasurer, the comptroller, and any other person performing similar functions with respect to any organization whether incorporated or unincorporated. The term Officer also includes the chairman of the Board of Directors if the chairman is authorized by the charter or bylaws of the organization to participate in its operating management or if the chairman in fact participates in such management.

Order Form – Any form (together with any cover letter and acknowledgments) sent to any Participant or Person containing among other things a description of the alternatives available to such Person under this Plan and by which any such Person may make elections regarding subscriptions for Subscription Shares.

Other Member – Any Person holding a Deposit Account with a positive balance on the Voting Record Date who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, and any borrower who qualifies as a Voting Member.

Participant – Any Eligible Account Holder, Employee Plan, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member.

Person – An individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization, or a government or political subdivision of a government.

Plan – This Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company as it exists on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended in accordance with its terms.

Prospectus – The one or more documents used in offering the Conversion Stock.

Qualifying Deposit – The aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts in the Bank of (i) an Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50, or (ii) a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50.

Resident – Any Person who occupies a dwelling within the Community, has a present intent to remain within the Community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Community together with an indication that such presence within the Community is something other than merely transitory in nature. To the extent the Person is a corporation or other business entity, to be a Resident the principal place of business or headquarters of the corporation or business entity must be in the Community. To the extent a Person is a personal benefit plan, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition. In the case of all other benefit plans, circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition. The Mutual Holding Company and the Bank may utilize deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided to it to make a determination as to whether a Person is a resident. In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the Mutual Holding Company and the Bank. A Person must be a “Resident” for purposes of determining whether such person “resides” in the Community as such term is used in this Plan.

SEC – The United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Special Meeting of Members – The special or annual meeting of Voting Members and any adjournments thereof held to consider and vote upon this Plan.

Stockholder – Any owner of outstanding common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, including the Mutual Holding Company.

5


 

Subscription Offering – The offering of Subscription Shares to Participants.

Subscription Price – The price per Subscription Share to be paid by Participants and others in the Offering. The Subscription Price will be $10.00 unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company and fixed prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering.

Subscription Shares – Shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering. Subscription Shares do not include Exchange Shares.

Supplemental Eligible Account Holder – Any Person, other than Directors and Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Bank and the Mid-Tier Holding Company (unless the Federal Reserve grants a waiver permitting a Director or Officer to be included) and their Associates, holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, who is not an Eligible Account Holder.

Supplemental Eligibility Record Date – The date for determining Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, which shall be the last day of the calendar quarter preceding Federal Reserve approval of the application for conversion. The Supplemental Eligibility Record Date will only occur if the Federal Reserve has not approved the Conversion within 15 months after the Eligibility Record Date.

Syndicated Community Offering – The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering, to members of the general public through a syndicate of broker-dealers. The Syndicated Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering.

Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan – Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan or other plan, which, with its related trust, meets the requirements to be “qualified” under Section 401 of the Code. A “Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan” is any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan which is not so qualified.

Voting Member – Any Person who at the close of business on the Voting Record Date is entitled to vote as a member of the Mutual Holding Company.

Voting Record Date – The date fixed by the Directors for determining eligibility to vote at the Special Meeting of Members and/or the Meeting of Stockholders.

3.

PROCEDURES FOR CONVERSION

A.

After approval of the Plan by the Boards of Directors of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, the Plan together with all other requisite material shall be submitted to the Bank Regulators for approval. Notice of the adoption of the Plan by the Boards of Directors of the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be published in a newspaper having general circulation in each community in which an office of the Bank is located, and copies of the Plan will be made available at each office of the Bank for inspection by depositors. The Mutual Holding Company will publish a notice of the filing with the Bank Regulators of an application to convert in accordance with the provisions of the Plan as well as notices required in connection with any holding company, merger or other applications required to complete the Conversion.

B.

Promptly following approval by the Bank Regulators, this Plan will be submitted to a vote of the Voting Members at the Special Meeting of Members and of the Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders. The Mutual Holding Company will mail to all Voting Members, at their last known address appearing on the records of the Bank as of the Voting Record Date, a proxy statement in either long or summary form describing this Plan, which will be submitted to a vote of Voting Members at the Special Meeting of Members. The Mid-Tier Holding Company will mail to all Minority Stockholders a proxy statement describing this Plan, which will be submitted to a vote of Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders. The Holding Company also will mail to all Participants a Prospectus and Order Form for the purchase of

6


 

Subscription Shares. In addition, all Participants will receive, or will be given the opportunity to request by either telephone or by letter addressed to the Bank’s Secretary, a copy of this Plan as well as the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Holding Company. This Plan must be approved by at least (i) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members at the Special Meeting of Members, (ii) two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders, and (iii) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders. Upon such approval of this Plan, the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank will take all other necessary steps pursuant to applicable laws and regulations to consummate the Conversion. The Conversion must be completed within 24 months of the approval of this Plan by Voting Members, unless a longer time period is permitted by governing laws and regulations.

C.

The period for the Subscription Offering will be not less than 20 days nor more than 45 days from the date Participants are first mailed a Prospectus and Order Form, unless extended. Any shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be issued in a Community Offering, and/or a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the Bank Regulators. All sales of shares of Holding Company Common Stock must be completed within 45 days after the last day of the Subscription Offering, unless the offering period is extended by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company with the approval of the Bank Regulators.

D.

The Conversion will be effected as follows, or in any other manner that is consistent with the purposes of this Plan and applicable laws and regulations. The choice of which method to use to effect the Conversion will be made by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank immediately prior to the closing of the Conversion. Each of the steps set forth below shall be deemed to occur in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion pursuant to this Plan, the intent of the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank, and applicable federal and state regulations and policy. Approval of this Plan by Voting Members and Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company also shall constitute approval of each of the transactions necessary to implement this Plan.

 

(1)

The Holding Company will be organized as a first-tier stock subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

(2)

The Mutual Holding Company will merge with the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving entity pursuant to the Agreement of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit A, whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and Members will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

 

(3)

Immediately after the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the surviving entity pursuant to the Agreement of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit B, whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company constructively received by Members as part of the MHC Merger will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be exchanged for interests in the Liquidation Account, and each of the Minority Shares shall automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio.

 

(4)

Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, the Holding Company will offer for sale the Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering.

 

(5)

The Holding Company will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in constructive exchange for additional shares of common stock of the Bank and in exchange for the Bank Liquidation Account.

7


 

 

E.

As part of the Conversion, each of the Minority Shares outstanding immediately prior to consummation of the Conversion shall automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio. The basis for exchange of Minority Shares for Holding Company Common Stock shall be fair and reasonable. Options to purchase shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock which are outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of the Conversion shall be converted into options to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock, with the number of shares subject to the option and the exercise price per share to be adjusted based upon the Exchange Ratio so that the aggregate exercise price remains unchanged, and with the duration of the option remaining unchanged.

F.

The Holding Company shall register the Conversion Stock with the SEC and any appropriate state securities authorities. In addition, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall prepare preliminary proxy materials as well as other applications and information for review by the SEC in connection with the solicitation of Stockholder approval of this Plan.

G.

All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be automatically transferred to and vested in the Holding Company by virtue of the Conversion without any deed or other document of transfer. The Holding Company, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company. The Holding Company shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company.

H.

The home office and branch offices of the Bank shall be unaffected by the Conversion. The executive offices of the Holding Company shall be located at the current offices of the Mutual Holding Company and Mid-Tier Holding Company.

4.

HOLDING COMPANY APPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS

The Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank will take all necessary steps to convert the Mutual Holding Company to stock form, form the Holding Company and complete the Offering. The Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company, Bank and Holding Company shall make timely applications to the Bank Regulators and filings with the SEC for any requisite regulatory approvals to complete the Conversion.

5.

SALE OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

The Subscription Shares will be offered simultaneously in the Subscription Offering to the Participants in the respective priorities set forth in this Plan. The Subscription Offering may begin as early as the mailing of the proxy statement for the Special Meeting of Members. The Holding Company Common Stock will not be insured by the FDIC. The Bank will not extend credit to any Person to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock.

Any shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be issued in the Community Offering, subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan. The Community Offering, if any, will involve an offering of unsubscribed shares directly to the general public with a first preference given to those natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in the Community and the next preference given to Minority Stockholders as of the Voting Record Date. The Community Offering may begin at any time during or after the Subscription Offering. The offer and sale of Holding Company Common Stock prior to

8


 

the Special Meeting of Members, however, is subject to the approval of this Plan by the Voting Members and the Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, including Minority Stockholders.

If feasible, any shares of Holding Company Common Stock remaining unsold after the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering may be offered for sale in a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any manner approved by the Bank Regulators that will achieve a widespread distribution of the Holding Company Common Stock. The issuance of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering will be consummated simultaneously on the date the sale of Holding Company Common Stock is consummated in any Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, and only if the required minimum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock has been issued.

6.

PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

The total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be offered in the Conversion will be determined jointly by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company immediately prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering, and will be based on the Appraised Value Range and the Subscription Price. The Offering Range will be equal to the Appraised Value Range multiplied by the Majority Ownership Interest, as adjusted to reflect certain assets held by Mutual Holding Company. The estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company will be subject to adjustment within the Appraised Value Range if necessitated by market or financial conditions, with the receipt of any required approvals of the Bank Regulators, and the maximum of the Appraised Value Range may be increased by up to 15% subsequent to the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect changes in market and financial conditions or demand for the shares. The number of shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion will be equal to the estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company, as may be amended, divided by the Subscription Price, and the number of Subscription Shares issued in the Offering will be equal to the product of (i) the estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company, as may be amended, divided by the Subscription Price, and (ii) the Majority Ownership Interest, as adjusted to reflect certain assets held by Mutual Holding Company.

In the event that the Subscription Price multiplied by the number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion is below the minimum of the Appraised Value Range, or materially above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range, a resolicitation of purchasers may be required, provided that up to a 15% increase above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range will not be deemed material so as to require a resolicitation. Any such resolicitation shall be effected in such manner and within such time as the Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank shall establish, if all required regulatory approvals are obtained.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares of Conversion Stock will not be issued unless, prior to the consummation of the Conversion, the Independent Appraiser confirms to the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company, and the Bank Regulators, that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the number of shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion multiplied by the Subscription Price is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company. If such confirmation is not received, the Holding Company may cancel the Offering and the Exchange Offering, extend the Offering and establish a new Subscription Price and/or Appraised Value Range, hold a new Offering and Exchange Offering after canceling the Offering and the Exchange Offering, or take such other action as the Bank Regulators may permit. The Holding Company Common Stock to be issued in the Conversion shall be fully paid and non-assessable.

7.

RETENTION OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS BY THE HOLDING COMPANY

The Holding Company may retain up to 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering. The Holding Company believes that the Offering proceeds will provide economic strength to the Holding Company and the Bank for the future in a highly competitive and regulated financial services environment, and would support the growth in the operations of the Holding Company and the Bank through increased lending, acquisitions of financial service organizations, continued diversification into other related businesses and other business and investment purposes, including the possible payment of dividends and possible future repurchases of the Holding Company Common Stock as permitted by applicable federal and state regulations and policy.

9


 

8.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)

A.

Each Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe in the Subscription Offering for up to the greater of $300,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Eligibility Record Date, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

B.

In the event that Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such Eligible Account Holder has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unsatisfied bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.

C.

Subscription rights as Eligible Account Holders received by Directors and Officers and their Associates that are based on deposits made by such persons during the 12 months preceding the Eligibility Record Date shall be subordinated to the subscription rights of all other Eligible Account Holders, except as permitted by the Bank Regulators.

9.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)

The Employee Plans shall have subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the Subscription Shares issued in the Offering and contributed to the Foundation, including any Subscription Shares to be issued as a result of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range after commencement of the Subscription Offering and prior to completion of the Conversion. Consistent with applicable laws and regulations and practices and policies, the Employee Plans may use funds contributed by the Holding Company or the Bank and/or borrowed from an independent financial institution to exercise such subscription rights, and the Holding Company and the Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions thereto, provided that such contributions do not cause the Holding Company or the Bank to fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirements. The Employee Plans shall not be deemed to be Associates or Affiliates of or Persons Acting in Concert with any Director or Officer of the Holding Company or the Bank. Alternatively, if permitted by the Bank Regulators, the Employee Plans may purchase all or a portion of such shares in the open market after the completion of the Conversion.

10.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)

A.

Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of $300,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of Eligible Account Holders and Employee Plans and subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

10


 

B.

In the event that Supplemental Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unsatisfied bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.

11.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)

A.

Each Other Member shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of $300,000 of Holding Company Common Stock or 0.10% of the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

B.

In the event that such Other Members subscribe for a number of Subscription Shares which, when added to the Subscription Shares subscribed for by the Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, is in excess of the total number of Subscription Shares to be issued, the available shares will be allocated among Other Members so as to permit each such subscribing Other Member, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which each such Other Member has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each such Other Member bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

12.

COMMUNITY OFFERING

If subscriptions are not received for all Subscription Shares offered for sale in the Subscription Offering, shares for which subscriptions have not been received may be offered for sale in the Community Offering through a direct community marketing program which may use a broker, dealer, consultant or investment banking firm experienced and expert in the sale of savings institutions securities. Such entities may be compensated on a fixed fee basis or on a commission basis, or a combination thereof. In the event orders for Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares may be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Community, next to cover orders of Minority Stockholders as of the Voting Record Date, and thereafter to cover orders of other members of the general public. In the event orders for Holding Company Common Stock exceed the number of shares available for sale in a category pursuant to the purchase priorities described in the preceding sentence, shares will be allocated within the category so that each member of that category will receive the lesser of 100 shares or the amount ordered and thereafter remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. In connection with the allocation, orders received for Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. The Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company shall use their best efforts consistent with this Plan to distribute Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Community Offering in such a manner as to promote the widest distribution practicable of such stock. The Holding Company reserves the right to reject any or all orders, in whole or in part, that are received in the Community Offering. Any Person may purchase up to $500,000 of Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

11


 

13.

SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING OR FIRM COMMITMENT UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING

If feasible, the Board of Directors may determine to offer Subscription Shares not sold in the Subscription Offering or the Community Offering, if any, for sale in a Syndicated Community Offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of Holding Company Common Stock, subject to the right of the Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the Syndicated Community Offering. In the Syndicated Community Offering, any Person may purchase up to $500,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14. In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Federal Reserve, orders received for Holding Company Common Stock in the Syndicated Community Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. Provided that the Subscription Offering has begun, the Holding Company may begin the Syndicated Community Offering at any time. The Holding Company reserves the right to reject any or all orders, in whole or in part, that are received in the Syndicated Community Offering.

Alternatively, if feasible, the Board of Directors may determine to offer Subscription Shares not sold in the Subscription Offering or any Community Offering for sale in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, subject to the right of the Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering. Provided the Subscription Offering has begun, the Holding Company may begin the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering at any time.

If for any reason a Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering of shares of Holding Company Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or any Community Offering cannot be effected, or in the event that any insignificant residue of shares of Holding Company Common Stock is not sold in the Subscription Offering, Community Offering, or any Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, the Holding Company will use its best efforts to make other arrangements for the disposition of unsubscribed shares aggregating at least the minimum of the Offering Range. Such other purchase arrangements will be subject to receipt of any required approval of the Bank Regulators.

14.

LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES

The following limitations shall apply to all purchases and issuances of shares of Conversion Stock:

A.

The maximum purchase of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering by a Person or group of Persons through a single Deposit Account is $300,000 (30,000 shares). The maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be subscribed for or purchased in all categories in the Offering by any Person or Participant, together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, shall not exceed $500,000 (50,000 shares) of Holding Company Common Stock, except that the Employee Plans may subscribe for up to 10% of the Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering and contributed to the Foundation (including shares issued in the event of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range of 15%).

B.

The maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be issued to or purchased in all categories of the Offering by Officers and Directors and their Associates in the aggregate shall not exceed 25% of the shares of Conversion Stock and contributed to the Foundation.

C.

The maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be subscribed for or purchased in all categories of the Offering by any Person or Participant together with purchases by any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, combined with Exchange Shares received by any such Person or Participant together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, shall not exceed 9.9% of the shares of Conversion Stock, except that this ownership limitation shall not apply to the Employee Plans.

12


 

D.

A minimum of 25 shares of Holding Company Common Stock must be purchased by each Person or Participant purchasing shares in the Offering to the extent those shares are available; provided, however, that in the event the minimum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock purchased times the Subscription Price exceeds $500, then such minimum purchase requirement shall be reduced to such number of shares which when multiplied by the price per share shall not exceed $500, as determined by the Board.

E.

If the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock otherwise allocable pursuant to Sections 8 through 13, inclusive, to any Person or that Person’s Associates would be in excess of the maximum number of shares permitted as set forth above, the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock allocated to each such person shall be reduced to the lowest limitation applicable to that Person, and then the number of shares allocated to each group consisting of a Person and that Person’s Associates shall be reduced so that the aggregate allocation to that Person and his or her Associates complies with the above limits.

Depending upon market or financial conditions, the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, with the receipt of any required approvals of the Bank Regulators and without further approval of Voting Members, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations in this Plan, provided that the maximum purchase limitations may not be increased to a percentage in excess of 5% of the shares issued in the Offering except as provided below. If the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company increase the maximum purchase limitations, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company are only required to resolicit Participants who subscribed for the maximum purchase amount in the Subscription Offering and may, in the sole discretion of the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, resolicit certain other large purchasers. In the event of such a resolicitation, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company shall have the right, in their sole discretion, to require such persons to supply immediately available funds for the purchase of additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock. Such persons will be prohibited from paying with a personal check, but the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company may allow payment by wire transfer. In the event that the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5% of the shares issued in the Offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for Holding Company Common Stock exceeding 5% of the shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the total shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering. Requests to purchase additional shares of the Holding Company Common Stock in the event that the purchase limitation is so increased will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company in its sole discretion.

In the event of an increase in the total number of shares offered in the Offering due to an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range of up to 15% (the “Adjusted Maximum”), the additional shares may be used to fill the Employee Plans orders before all other orders and then will be allocated in accordance with the priorities set forth in this Plan.

For purposes of this Section 14, (i) Directors, Officers and Employees of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company or any of their subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Associates or a group affiliated with each other or otherwise Acting in Concert solely as a result of their capacities as such, (ii) shares purchased by Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall not be attributable to the individual trustees or beneficiaries of any such plan for purposes of determining compliance with the limitations set forth in paragraphs A. and B. of this Section 14, and (iii) shares purchased by a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan pursuant to instructions of an individual in an account in such plan in which the individual has the right to direct the investment, including any plan of the Bank qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, shall be aggregated and included in that individual’s purchases and not attributed to the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan.

Each Person purchasing Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering shall be deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with the above purchase limitations contained in this Plan.

13


 

15.

PAYMENT FOR SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

All payments for Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and Community Offering must be delivered in full to the Bank or Holding Company, together with a properly completed and executed Order Form, on or prior to the expiration date of the Offering; provided, however, that if the Employee Plans subscribe for shares in the Subscription Offering, such plans will not be required to pay for the shares at the time they subscribe but rather may pay for such shares of Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for by such plans at the Subscription Price upon consummation of the Conversion. Subscription funds will be held in a segregated account at the Bank.

Except as set forth in Section 14.E, above, payment for Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for shall be made by personal check, money order or bank draft. Alternatively, subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings may pay for the shares for which they have subscribed by authorizing the Bank on the Order Form to make a withdrawal from the designated types of Deposit Accounts at the Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of such shares. Such authorized withdrawal shall be without penalty as to premature withdrawal. If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate account, and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal, without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook rate. Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the subscriber’s Deposit Account but may not be used by the subscriber during the Offering. Thereafter, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled) at the Subscription Price per share. Interest will continue to be earned on any amounts authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given effect. Interest on funds received by check, draft or money order will be paid by the Bank at not less than the passbook rate. Such interest will be paid from the date payment is processed by the Bank until consummation or termination of the Offering. If for any reason the Offering is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings will be refunded to them, with interest. In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal from Deposit Accounts, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for withdrawal. The Bank is prohibited by regulation from knowingly making any loans or granting any lines of credit for the purchase of stock in the Offering, and therefore, will not do so.

16.

MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS

As soon as practicable after the registration statement prepared by the Holding Company has been declared effective by the SEC and the stock offering materials have been approved by the Bank Regulators, Order Forms will be distributed to the Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members at their last known addresses appearing on the records of the Bank for the purpose of subscribing for shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and will be made available for use by those Persons to whom a Prospectus is delivered. Each Order Form will be preceded or accompanied by a Prospectus describing the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company, the Bank, the Holding Company Common Stock and the Offering. Each Order Form will contain, among other things, the following:

A.

A specified date by which all Order Forms must be received by the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company, or its agent, which date shall be not less than 20 days, nor more than 45 days, following the date on which the Order Forms are first mailed to Participants by the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company, and which date will constitute the termination of the Subscription Offering unless extended;

B.

The Subscription Price per share for shares of Holding Company Common Stock to be sold in the Offering;

C.

A description of the minimum and maximum number of Subscription Shares which may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights or otherwise purchased in the Subscription and Community Offering;

D.

Instructions as to how the recipient of the Order Form is to indicate thereon the number of Subscription Shares for which such Person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment therefor;

14


 

E.

An acknowledgment that the recipient of the Order Form has received a final copy of the Prospectus prior to execution of the Order Form;

F.

A statement to the effect that all subscription rights are nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering, and can only be exercised by delivering to the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company or their agent within the subscription period such properly completed and executed Order Form, together with payment in the full amount of the aggregate purchase price as specified in the Order Form for the shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which the recipient elects to subscribe in the Subscription Offering (or by authorizing on the Order Form that the Bank withdraw said amount from the subscriber’s Deposit Account(s) at the Bank); and

G.

A statement to the effect that the executed Order Form, once received by the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Holding Company.

Notwithstanding the above, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company reserve the right in their sole discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopied or facsimiled order forms.

17.

UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORM; INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT

In the event Order Forms (a) are not delivered or are not timely delivered by the United States Postal Service, (b) are not received back by the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company or are received by the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company or their agent after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are defectively filled out or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required payment for the shares of Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for (including cases in which Deposit Accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (e) are not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the account holder, the subscription rights of the Participant to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Participant failed to return the completed Order Form within the time period specified thereon; provided, however, that the Holding Company may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any Order Form or require the submission of corrected Order Forms or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as the Holding Company may specify. The interpretation by the Holding Company of terms and conditions of this Plan and of the Order Forms will be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

18.

RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES

The Holding Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all states in the United States in which Persons entitled to subscribe for shares of Holding Company Common Stock pursuant to this Plan reside. However, no such Person will be issued subscription rights or be permitted to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering if such Person resides in a foreign country; or in a state of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (a) a small number of Persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under this Plan reside in such state; (b) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of Holding Company Common Stock to such Persons would require the Holding Company under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state; or (c) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

19.

ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNTS

A Liquidation Account shall be established by the Holding Company at the time of the Conversion in an amount equal to the product of (i) the Majority Ownership Interest and (ii) the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s total stockholders’ equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus used in the Conversion, plus the value of the net assets of the Mutual Holding Company as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition of the Mutual Holding Company prior to the effective date of the Conversion (excluding its ownership of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock). Following the Conversion, the Liquidation Account will be maintained for the benefit of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account

15


 

Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall, with respect to his Deposit Account, hold a related inchoate interest in a portion of the Liquidation Account balance in relation to his Deposit Account balance at the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, respectively, or to such balance as it may be subsequently reduced, as hereinafter provided. The Holding Company also shall cause the Bank to establish and maintain the Bank Liquidation Account for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank.

In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event) following all liquidation payments to creditors (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts), each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a liquidating distribution from the Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for such Account Holder’s Deposit Account, before any liquidation distribution may be made to any holders of the Holding Company’s capital stock. A merger, consolidation or similar combination with another depository institution or holding company thereof, in which the Holding Company and/or the Bank is not the surviving entity, shall not be deemed to be a complete liquidation for this purpose. In such transactions, the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the surviving holding company or institution.

In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of either (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event) following all liquidation payments to creditors of the Bank (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts), at a time when the Bank has a positive net worth and the Holding Company does not have sufficient assets (other than the stock of the Bank) at the time of liquidation to fund its obligations under the Liquidation Account, the Bank, with respect to the Bank Liquidation Account shall immediately pay directly to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder an amount necessary to fund the Holding Company’s remaining obligations under the Liquidation Account before any liquidating distribution may be made to any holders of the Bank’s capital stock and without making such amount subject to the Holding Company’s creditors. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the Liquidation Account with respect to the Holding Company, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for his Deposit Account then held, before any distribution may be made to any holders of the Holding Company’s capital stock.

In the event of a complete liquidation of the Holding Company where the Bank is not also completely liquidating, or in the event of a sale or other disposition of the Holding Company apart from the Bank, each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be treated as surrendering such Person’s rights to the Liquidation Account and receiving from the Holding Company an equivalent interest in the Bank Liquidation Account. Each such holder’s interest in the Bank Liquidation Account shall be subject to the same rights and terms as if the Bank Liquidation Account were the Liquidation Account (except that the Holding Company shall cease to exist).

The initial subaccount balance for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be determined by multiplying the opening balance in the Liquidation Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the Qualifying Deposits of such Account Holder and the denominator of which is the total amount of all Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. For Deposit Accounts in existence at both the Eligibility Record Date and the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, separate initial subaccount balances shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying Deposits in such Deposit Account on each such record date. Such initial subaccount balance shall not be increased, but shall be subject to downward adjustment as described below.

If, at the close of business on any annual closing date, commencing on or after the effective date of the Conversion, the deposit balance in the Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder is less than the lesser of (i) the balance in the Deposit Account at the close of business on any other annual closing date subsequent to the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, or (ii) the amount of the Qualifying Deposit in such Deposit Account as of the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, the subaccount balance for such Deposit Account shall be adjusted by reducing such subaccount balance in an amount proportionate to the reduction in such deposit balance. In the event of such downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently increased, notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the related Deposit Account. If any such Deposit Account is closed, the related subaccount shall be reduced to zero.

16


 

The creation and maintenance of the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any capital of the Holding Company or the Bank, except that neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its equity to be reduced below: (i) the amount required for the Liquidation Account or the Bank Liquidation Account, as applicable; or (ii) the regulatory capital requirements of the Holding Company (to the extent applicable) or the Bank. Neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall be required to set aside funds in connection with its obligations hereunder relating to the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account, respectively. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders do not retain any voting rights in either the Holding Company or the Bank based on their liquidation subaccounts.

The amount of the Bank Liquidation Account shall equal at all times the amount of the Liquidation Account, and the Bank Liquidation Account shall be reduced by the same amount and upon the same terms as any reduction in the Liquidation Account. In no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a distribution that exceeds such holder’s subaccount balance in the Liquidation Account.

For the three-year period following the completion of the Conversion, the Holding Company will not without prior Federal Reserve approval (i) sell or liquidate the Holding Company, or (ii) cause the Bank to be sold or liquidated. Upon the written request of the Federal Reserve the Holding Company shall, or upon the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve the Holding Company may, at any time after two years from the completion of the Conversion, transfer the Liquidation Account to the Bank, at which time the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the Bank and the interests of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will be solely and exclusively established in the Bank Liquidation Account. In the event such transfer occurs, the Holding Company shall be deemed to have transferred the Liquidation Account to the Bank and such Liquidation Account shall be subsumed into the Bank Liquidation Account and shall not be subject in any manner or amount to the claims of the Holding Company’s creditors. Approval of this Plan by the Members shall constitute approval of the transactions described herein.

20.

CONTRIBUTION TO THE FOUNDATION

As part of the Conversion, the Holding Company, Bank and the Mutual Holding Company intend to donate shares of Holding Company Common Stock and cash to the Foundation, in such amounts, subject to regulatory limits, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. This contribution to the Foundation is intended to enhance the Bank’s existing community reinvestment activities, and to share with the communities in which the Bank conducts its business a part of the Bank’s financial success as a community minded, financial services institution. The contribution of Holding Company Common Stock to the Foundation accomplishes this goal as it enables the community to share in the growth and profitability of the Holding Company and the Bank over the long term.

The Foundation is dedicated to the promotion of charitable purposes including community development, grants or donations to support housing assistance, not-for-profit community groups and other types of organizations or civic-minded projects. The Foundation will annually distribute total grants to assist charitable organizations or to fund projects within its local community of not less than 5% of the average fair market value of Foundation assets each year, less certain expenses. In order to serve the purposes for which it was formed and maintain its Section 501(c)(3) qualification, the Foundation may sell, on an annual basis, a limited portion of the Foundation Shares.

For a period of five years following the Conversion, except for temporary periods resulting from death, resignation, removal or disqualification, (i) at least one director of the Foundation will be an independent director who is unaffiliated with the Holding Company and the Bank who is from the Bank’s local community and who has experience with local community charitable organizations and grant making, and (ii) at least one director shall be a person who is also a member of the Board of Directors of the Bank. The board of directors of the Foundation will be responsible for establishing the policies of the Foundation with respect to grants or donations, consistent with the stated purposes of the Foundation.

The contribution to the Foundation as part of the Conversion must be approved by a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members and by the Minority Stockholders.

17


 

21.

VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Following consummation of the Conversion, the holders of the voting capital stock of the Holding Company shall have the exclusive voting rights with respect to the Holding Company.

22.

RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OR SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION

A.

All Subscription Shares purchased by Directors or Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Bank in the Offering shall be subject to the restriction that, except as provided in this Section or as may be approved by the Bank Regulators, no interest in such shares may be sold or otherwise disposed of for value for a period of one year following the date of purchase in the Offering.

B.

The restriction on disposition of Subscription Shares set forth above in this Section shall not apply to the following:

 

(1)

Any exchange of such shares in connection with a merger or acquisition involving the Bank or the Holding Company, as the case may be, which has been approved by the appropriate state and federal regulatory agencies; and

 

(2)

Any disposition of such shares following the death of the person to whom such shares were initially sold under the terms of this Plan.

C.

With respect to all Subscription Shares subject to restrictions on resale or subsequent disposition, each of the following provisions shall apply:

 

(1)

Each certificate representing shares restricted by this section shall bear a legend giving notice of the restriction;

 

(2)

Instructions shall be issued to the stock transfer agent for the Holding Company not to recognize or effect any transfer of any certificate or record of ownership of any such shares in violation of the restriction on transfer; and

 

(3)

Any shares of capital stock of the Holding Company issued with respect to a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise with respect to ownership of outstanding Subscription Shares subject to the restriction on transfer hereunder shall be subject to the same restriction as is applicable to such Subscription Shares.

23.

REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

For a period of three years following the Conversion, no Officer, Director or their Associates shall purchase, without the prior written approval of the Bank Regulators, any outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock except from a broker-dealer registered with the SEC. This provision shall not apply to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of the outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock, the exercise of any options pursuant to a stock option plan or purchases of Holding Company Common Stock made by or held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan of the Bank or the Holding Company (including the Employee Plans) which may be attributable to any Officer or Director. As used herein, the term “negotiated transaction” means a transaction in which the securities are offered and the terms and arrangements relating to any sale are arrived at through direct communications between the seller or any person acting on its behalf and the purchaser or his investment representative. The term “investment representative” shall mean a professional investment advisor acting as agent for the purchaser and independent of the seller and not acting on behalf of the seller in connection with the transaction.

18


 

24.

TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

Each person holding a Deposit Account at the Bank at the time of Conversion shall retain an identical Deposit Account at the Bank following Conversion in the same amount and subject to the same terms and conditions (except as to voting and liquidation rights) applicable to such Deposit Account in the Bank immediately prior to completion of the Conversion.

25.

REGISTRATION AND MARKETING

Within the time period required by applicable laws and regulations, the Holding Company will register the securities issued in connection with the Conversion pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will not deregister such securities for a period of at least three years thereafter, except that the requirement to maintain the registration of such securities for three years may be fulfilled by any successor to the Holding Company. In addition, the Holding Company will use its best efforts to encourage and assist a market-maker to establish and maintain a market for the Conversion Stock and to list those securities on a national or regional securities exchange.

26.

TAX RULINGS OR OPINIONS

Consummation of the Conversion is expressly conditioned upon prior receipt by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank of either a ruling, an opinion of counsel or a letter of advice from their tax advisor regarding the federal and state income tax consequences of the Conversion to the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company, the Bank and the Account Holders and Voting Members receiving subscription rights in the Conversion.

27.

STOCK BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

A.

The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans in connection with the Conversion, including without limitation, an ESOP. Existing as well as any newly created Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering, to the extent permitted by the terms of such benefit plans and this Plan.

B.

As a result of the Conversion, the Holding Company shall be deemed to have ratified and approved all employee stock benefit plans maintained by the Bank and the Mid-Tier Holding Company and shall have agreed to issue (and reserve for issuance) Holding Company Common Stock in lieu of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company pursuant to the terms of such benefit plans. Upon consummation of the Conversion, the Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by such benefit plans shall be converted into Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio. Also upon consummation of the Conversion, (i) all rights to purchase, sell or receive Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock and all rights to elect to make payment in Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock under any agreement between the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company and any Director, Officer or Employee thereof or under any plan or program of the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company, shall automatically, by operation of law, be converted into and shall become an identical right to purchase, sell or receive Holding Company Common Stock and an identical right to make payment in Holding Company Common Stock under any such agreement between the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company and any Director, Officer or Employee thereof or under such plan or program of the Bank, and (ii) rights outstanding under all stock option plans shall be assumed by the Holding Company and thereafter shall be rights only for shares of Holding Company Common Stock, with each such right being for a number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio and the number of shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock that were available thereunder immediately prior to consummation of the Conversion, with the price adjusted to reflect the Exchange Ratio but with no change in any other term or condition of such right.

C.

The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt stock option plans, restricted stock award plans and other Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, provided that such plans conform to any applicable regulations. The Holding Company and the Bank intend to implement a stock option plan and a

19


 

restricted stock award plan no earlier than six months after completion of the Conversion. Stockholder approval of these plans will be required. If adopted within 12 months following the completion of the Conversion, the stock option plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 10% of the shares sold in the Offering and the stock award plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 4% of the shares sold in the Offering for awards to employees and directors at no cost to the recipients (unless the Bank’s tangible capital is less than 10% upon completion of the Offering in which case the stock award plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 3% of the shares sold in the Offering), subject to adjustment, if any, as may be required by Federal Reserve regulations or policy in effect to reflect stock options or restricted stock granted by the Mid-Tier Holding Company prior to the completion of the Conversion. (Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans implemented more than one year following the completion of the Conversion are not subject to the restrictions set forth in the preceding sentence.) Shares for such plans may be issued from authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares or repurchased shares.

D.

The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to enter into employment agreements and/or change in control agreements with their executive officers.

28.

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANK AND HOLDING COMPANY

A.

(1)The charter of the Bank may contain a provision stipulating that no person, except the Holding Company, for a period of five years following the closing date of the Conversion, may directly or indirectly acquire or offer to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Bank, without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve. In addition, such charter may also provide that for a period of five years following the closing date of the Conversion, shares beneficially owned in violation of the above-described charter provision shall not be entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting stock in connection with any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote. In addition, special meetings of the stockholders relating to changes in control or amendment of the charter may only be called by the Board of Directors, and shareholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of Directors.

 

(2)

For a period of three years from the date of consummation of the Conversion, no person, other than the Holding Company, shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Bank without the prior written consent of the Federal Reserve. Nothing in this Plan shall prohibit the Holding Company from taking actions permitted under 12 C.F.R. 239.63(f).

B.

The Articles of Incorporation of the Holding Company may contain a provision stipulating that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of such outstanding shares be entitled or permitted to any vote with respect to any shares held in excess of 10%. In addition, the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company may contain provisions which provide for, or prohibit, as the case may be, staggered terms of the directors, noncumulative voting for directors, limitations on the calling of special meetings, a fair price provision for certain business combinations and certain notice requirements.

C.

For the purposes of this section:

 

(1)

The term “person” includes an individual, a firm, a corporation or other entity;

 

(2)

The term “offer” includes every offer to buy or acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value;

 

(3)

The term “acquire” includes every type of acquisition, whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise; and

20


 

 

 

(4)

The term “security” includes non-transferable subscription rights issued pursuant to a plan of conversion as well as a “security” as defined in 15 U.S.C. § 77b(a)(1).

29.

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND REPURCHASE OF STOCK

A.

The Holding Company shall comply with applicable regulations in the repurchase of any shares of its capital stock following consummation of the Conversion. The Holding Company shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock, if such dividend or repurchase would reduce its capital below the amount then required for the Liquidation Account.

B.

The Bank shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its regulatory capital to be reduced below its applicable regulatory capital requirements.

30.

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

By voting to approve this Plan, Voting Members will be voting to adopt the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws for the Holding Company.

31.

CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION AND EFFECTIVE DATE

The Effective Date of the Conversion shall be the date upon which the Articles of Combination shall be filed with the Federal Reserve and the Articles of Merger shall be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Maryland. The Articles of Combination and the Articles of Merger shall be filed after all requisite regulatory, member and stockholder approvals have been obtained, all applicable waiting periods have expired, and sufficient subscriptions and orders for Subscription Shares have been received. The closing of the sale of all shares of Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Offering and the Exchange Offering shall occur simultaneously on the effective date of the closing.

32.

EXPENSES OF CONVERSION

The Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank and the Holding Company may retain and pay for the services of legal, financial and other advisors to assist in connection with any or all aspects of the Conversion, including the Offering, and the contribution to the Foundation, and such parties shall use their best efforts to assure that such expenses shall be reasonable.

33.

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

If deemed necessary or desirable, this Plan may be substantively amended as a result of comments from the Bank Regulators or otherwise at any time prior to the meetings of Voting Members and Mid-Tier Holding Company stockholders to vote on this Plan by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, and at any time thereafter by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators. Any amendment to this Plan made after approval by Voting Members and Mid-Tier Holding Company stockholders with the approval of the Bank Regulators shall not necessitate further approval by Voting Members unless otherwise required by the Bank Regulators. The Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company may terminate this Plan at any time prior to the Special Meeting of Members and the Meeting of Stockholders to vote on this Plan, and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators.

By adoption of this Plan, Voting Members of the Mutual Holding Company authorize the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company to amend or terminate this Plan under the circumstances set forth in this Section.

21


 

34.

CONDITIONS TO CONVERSION

Consummation of the Conversion pursuant to this Plan is expressly conditioned upon the following:

A.

Prior receipt by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank of rulings of the United States Internal Revenue Service and the state taxing authorities, or opinions of counsel or tax advisers as described in Section 27 hereof;

B.

The issuance of the Subscription Shares offered in the Conversion;

C.

The issuance of Exchange Shares; and

D.

The completion of the Conversion within the time period specified in Section 3 of this Plan.

35.

INTERPRETATION

All interpretations of this Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company shall be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

22


 

 

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN
PONCE BANK MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY AND
PDL COMMUNITY BANCORP

 

 

AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN
PONCE BANK MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY
AND
PDL COMMUNITY BANCORP

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the “MHC Merger Agreement”) dated as of __________, _____, is  made by and between Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company, a federal mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”) and PDL Community Bancorp, a federal corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”). Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) of the Mutual Holding Company, unless otherwise defined herein.

R E C I T A L S:

1.The Mutual Holding Company is a federal mutual holding company that owns 55.1% of the common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

2.The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a federal corporation that owns 100% of the common stock of the Bank.

3.At least two-thirds of the members of the boards of directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company have approved this MHC Merger Agreement whereby the Mutual Holding Company shall merge with the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving or resulting corporation (the “MHC Merger”), and have authorized the execution and delivery thereof.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:

1.Merger. At and on the Effective Date of the MHC Merger, the Mutual Holding Company will merge with the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity (“Resulting Corporation”) whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and members of the Mutual Holding Company will constructively receive liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

2.Effective Date. The MHC Merger shall not be effective until and unless the Plan is approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) after approval of this MHC Merger Agreement by at least (i) two-thirds of the votes eligible to be cast by the Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, (ii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders, and (iii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members, and the Articles of Combination shall have been filed with the Federal Reserve with respect to the MHC Merger. Approval of the Plan by the Voting Members shall constitute approval of the MHC Merger Agreement by the Voting Members. Approval of the Plan by Minority Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, including the Minority Stockholders, shall constitute approval of the MHC Merger Agreement by such stockholders.

3.Name. The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be PDL Community Bancorp.

4.Offices. The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be 2244 Westchester Avenue, Bronx, New York 10462.

23


 

5.Directors and Officers. The directors and officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.

6.Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation. At the Effective Date, the Mutual Holding Company shall be merged with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation. The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of a federally chartered corporation as provided in its Charter. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the MHC Merger without any deed or other document of transfer. The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company. The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the MHC Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company. The stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall possess all voting rights with respect to the shares of stock of the Resulting Corporation. All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.

7.Rights of Stockholders. At the Effective Date, the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and members of the Mutual Holding Company will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company. Minority Stockholders’ rights will remain unchanged.

8.Other Terms. All terms used in this MHC Merger Agreement shall, unless defined herein, have the meanings set forth in the Plan. The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this MHC Merger Agreement and the Conversion.


24


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company have caused this MHC Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

ATTEST:

 

Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company

 

 

(a federal mutual holding company)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Steven A. Tsavaris

Corporate Secretary

 

 

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

PDL Community Bancorp

 

 

(a federal corporation)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Corporate Secretary

 

 

Carlos P. Naudon

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 


25


 

 

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN
PDL COMMUNITY BANCORP,
A FEDERAL CORPORATION AND
PONCE FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.,
A MARYLAND CORPORATION

 

 

AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN
PDL COMMUNITY BANCORP, AND
PONCE FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the “Mid-Tier Merger Agreement”), dated as of __________, ____, is made by and between PDL COMMUNITY BANCORP, a federal corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”) and, PONCE FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. a Maryland corporation (the “Holding Company”). Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company (the “Plan”) unless otherwise defined herein.

R E C I T A L S:

1.The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a federal corporation that owns 100% of the common stock of the Bank.

2.The Holding Company has been organized to succeed to the operations of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

3.At least two-thirds of the members of the boards of directors of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have approved this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement whereby the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be merged with the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “Mid-Tier Merger”), and authorized the execution and delivery thereof.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:

1.Merger. At and on the Effective Date of the Mid-Tier Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “Resulting Corporation”), whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the members of Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company who constructively received liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company will exchange the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company that they constructively received in the MHC Merger for an interest in the Liquidation Account and the stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company (Minority Stockholders immediately prior to the Conversion) will exchange their shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock for Holding Company Common Stock in the Exchange Offering pursuant to the Exchange Ratio.

2.Effective Date. The Mid-Tier Merger shall not be effective until and unless the Plan is approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) after approval by at least (i) two-thirds of the votes eligible to be cast by Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, (ii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders, and (iii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members, and the Articles of Combination shall have been filed with the Federal Reserve and Articles of Merger have been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Maryland with respect to the Mid-Tier Merger. Approval of the Plan by the Voting Members shall constitute approval of the Mid-Tier Merger Agreement by the Voting Members in their capacity as members of Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company. Approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, including the Minority Stockholders, shall constitute approval of the Mid-Tier Merger Agreement by such stockholders.

3.Name.  The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be Ponce Financial Group, Inc.

26


 

4.Offices. The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be 2244 Westchester Avenue, Bronx, New York 10462.

5.Directors and Officers. The directors and officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.

6.Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation. At the Effective Date, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall merge with the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation. The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of a Maryland corporation as provided in its Articles of Incorporation. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the Mid-Tier Merger without any deed or other document of transfer. The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company. The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company immediately prior to the Mid-Tier Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Holding Company. The stockholders of the Holding Company shall possess all voting rights with respect to the shares of stock of the Resulting Corporation. All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.

7.Rights of Members and Stockholders. At the Effective Date, the members of Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion will exchange the liquidation rights in the Mid-Tier Holding Company that they constructively received in the MHC Merger for interests in the Liquidation Account, and the stockholders of Mid-Tier Holding Company (Minority Stockholders immediately prior to the Conversion) will exchange their shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock for Holding Company Common Stock in the Exchange Offering pursuant to the Exchange Ratio.

8.Other Terms. All terms used in this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement shall, unless defined herein, have the meanings set forth in the Plan. The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement and the Conversion.

27


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have caused this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

ATTEST:

 

PDL Community Bancorp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Corporate Secretary

 

 

Carlos P. Naudon

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

Ponce Financial Group, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Corporate Secretary

 

 

Carlos P. Naudon

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

28


 

 

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Carlos P. Naudon, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of PDL Community Bancorp;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the small business issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The small business issuer's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the small business issuer and have:

 

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the small business issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the small business issuer's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the small business issuer's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the small business issuer's most recent fiscal quarter (the small business issuer's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the small business issuer's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The small business issuer's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the small business issuer's auditors and the audit committee of the small business issuer's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the small business issuer's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the small business issuer's internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: November 15, 2021

 

By:

/s/ Carlos P. Naudon

 

 

 

Carlos P. Naudon

President

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 


 

 

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Frank Perez, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of PDL Community Bancorp;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the small business issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The small business issuer's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the small business issuer and have:

 

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the small business issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the small business issuer's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the small business issuer's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the small business issuer's most recent fiscal quarter (the small business issuer's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the small business issuer's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The small business issuer's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the small business issuer's auditors and the audit committee of the small business issuer's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the small business issuer's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the small business issuer's internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:  November 15, 2021

 

By:

/s/ Frank Perez

 

 

 

Frank Perez

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 


 

 

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of PDL Community Bancorp (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ending September 30, 2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

 

Date:  November 15, 2021

 

By:

/s/ Carlos P. Naudon

 

 

 

Carlos P. Naudon

President

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 


 

 

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of PDL Community Bancorp (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ending September 30, 2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

 

Date:  November 15, 2021

 

By:

/s/ Frank Perez

 

 

 

Frank Perez

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

pdlb-ex992_6.htm

 

Exhibit 99.2

PONCE FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. TO COMMENCE STOCK OFFERING

New York, November 16, 2021 – PDL Community Bancorp (“PDL”) (NASDAQ: PDLB), the holding company for Ponce Bank (the “Bank”) and Mortgage World Bankers, Inc. (“Mortgage World”), today announced that Ponce Financial Group, Inc., a Maryland corporation, the proposed new holding company for the Bank and Mortgage World (“Ponce Financial”), and Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company have received approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to commence Ponce Financial’s stock offering in connection with Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company’s proposed second-step conversion. The registration statement relating to the sale of common stock of Ponce Financial has also been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Beginning today, Ponce Financial is offering for sale between 8,925,000 and 13,886,250 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share. The shares of common stock to be offered by Ponce Financial represent the approximately 55.1% ownership interest in PDL owned by Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company.

Each existing share of common stock held by the public stockholders of PDL will be exchanged for between 0.9351 and 1.4548 shares of Ponce Financial. The exchange ratio will depend on the number of shares sold in the offering.  The exchange ratio is intended to ensure that immediately after the exchange, the public stockholders of PDL will own the same aggregate percentage of shares of common stock of Ponce Financial that they owned in PDL immediately prior to the conversion, excluding any shares they purchased in the offering, their receipt of cash paid in lieu of fractional shares and the effect of shares contributed to the Ponce de Leon Foundation in connection with the conversion, adjusted to reflect certain assets held by Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company. After the completion of the conversion and offering, Ponce Financial will be 100% owned by public stockholders and PDL and Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company will cease to exist.

On or about November 16, 2021, offering materials will be mailed to Ponce Bank depositors eligible to ‎purchase shares in the subscription offering, and proxy solicitation materials will be mailed to PDL stockholders. ‎Any shares of common stock not sold in the subscription offering will be available to the general public in a ‎community offering, with a preference given to residents of the New York Counties of Bronx, Queens, Kings and ‎New York, and to the New Jersey County of Hudson, and secondarily to existing stockholders of PDL. The ‎subscription and community offerings are expected to expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on December 14, 2021. ‎Any shares not sold in the subscription and community offerings are expected to be sold in a syndicated offering. ‎The completion of the conversion and offering is subject to Ponce Financial’s selling a minimum of 8,925,000 ‎shares in the offering, the approval of Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company’s members, and the approval of ‎PDL’s stockholders.‎

Ponce Financial has established a Stock Information Center to handle inquiries of the Bank’s depositors, PDL’s stockholders and other prospective investors with respect to the subscription and community offerings. Copies of the prospectus and forms for ordering stock in the subscription and community offerings may only be obtained from the Stock Information Center. The Stock Information Center will be available as of November 16, 2021 and may be reached at 844-977-0092.  The Stock Information Center hours of operation will be from 10:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, Monday through Friday. The Stock Information Center will be closed on bank holidays.  Janney Montgomery Scott LLC is assisting Ponce Financial in selling its common stock in the subscription and community offerings on a best efforts basis. Locke Lord LLP is serving as legal counsel to PDL and Ponce Financial. Silver, Freedman, Taff & Tiernan LLP is serving as legal counsel to Janney Montgomery Scott LLC in connection ‎with the stock offering.‎

Certain statements herein constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act and are intended to be covered by the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements may be identified by words such as “believes,” “will,” “would,” “expects,” “project,” “may,” “could,” “developments,” “strategic,” “launching,” “opportunities,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans,” “targets” and similar expressions. These statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of PDL’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements as

 


 

a result of numerous factors. Factors that could cause such differences to exist include, but are not limited to, adverse conditions in the capital and debt markets and the impact of such conditions on PDL’s business activities; changes in interest rates; competitive pressures from other financial institutions; the effects of general economic conditions on a national basis or in the local markets in which PDL operates, including changes that adversely affect borrowers’ ability to service and repay PDL’s loans; the anticipated impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and PDL’s attempts at mitigation; changes in the value of securities in PDL’s investment portfolio; changes in loan default and charge-off rates; fluctuations in real estate values; the adequacy of loan loss reserves; decreases in deposit levels necessitating increased borrowing to fund loans and investments; operational risks including, but not limited to, cybersecurity, fraud and natural disasters; changes in government regulation; changes in accounting standards and practices; the risk that intangibles recorded in PDL’s financial statements will become impaired; demand for loans in PDL’s market area; PDL’s ability to attract and maintain deposits; risks related to the implementation of acquisitions, dispositions, and restructurings; the risk that PDL may not be successful in the implementation of its business strategy; changes in assumptions used in making such forward-looking statements and the risk factors described in the Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), which are available at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this release. PDL disclaims any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, new information, future events or other changes, except as may be required by applicable law or regulation.

A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. This press release is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer will be made only by means of the written prospectus forming part of the registration statement (and, in the case of the subscription offering, an accompanying stock order form).

PDL has filed a proxy statement/prospectus concerning the conversion with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Stockholders of PDL are urged to read the proxy statement/prospectus because it contains important information. Investors are able to obtain all documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by PDL and Ponce Financial free of charge at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website, www.sec.gov. In addition, documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by PDL and Ponce Financial are available free of charge from the Corporate Secretary of PDL at 2244 Westchester Avenue, Bronx, New York 10462, Attention: Corporate Secretary.

The directors, executive officers, and certain other members of management and employees of PDL are participants in the solicitation of proxies in favor of the conversion from the stockholders of PDL. Information about the directors and executive officers of PDL is included in the proxy statement/prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The shares of common stock are not savings accounts or savings deposits, may lose value and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.